WO2014176258A1 - Compounds useful as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors - Google Patents

Compounds useful as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014176258A1
WO2014176258A1 PCT/US2014/034998 US2014034998W WO2014176258A1 WO 2014176258 A1 WO2014176258 A1 WO 2014176258A1 US 2014034998 W US2014034998 W US 2014034998W WO 2014176258 A1 WO2014176258 A1 WO 2014176258A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
halogen
amino
hydroxyl
mono
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2014/034998
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Robert Zahler
Ronald Thure Wester
Steven Joseph Brickner
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
General Hospital Corp
Original Assignee
General Hospital Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by General Hospital Corp filed Critical General Hospital Corp
Priority to US14/786,345 priority Critical patent/US9643933B2/en
Publication of WO2014176258A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014176258A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/28—Sulfur atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/16—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/26—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/30—Nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D263/54—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
    • C07D263/58—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present disclosure includes substituted benzimidazole-benzamides and related compounds and methods of using such compounds.
  • the disclosure provides methods of using the compounds in treating acute and chronic bacterial infections.
  • MvfR The ligand activated transcriptional regulator, plays a central role in controlling the pathology of acute bacterial infections, and the shift of Gram-negative bacteria from acute to chronic infection. MvfR inhibitors reduce virulence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, a Gram-negative bacterial species, and reduce the formation of antibiotic resistant Pseudomonas strains in vitro.
  • this disclosure includes compounds of Formula (I) and the
  • 6-membered carbocyclic ring of the bicyclic heteroaryi group shown in Formula (I) is substituted with at least one substituent that is not nitro, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, N-linked carboxamide, N-linked alkyl carboxamide, or N-linked alkyl carboxamide substituted with halogen.
  • the variables e.g. Ri to R9, Y ls Y 2 , Z, n, and X 5 to X9 carry the following definitions.
  • Ri is one substituent chosen from (i), (ii), and (iii).
  • (i) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, amino, -CONH 2 , Ci-Cehaloalkyl, and -Cehaloalkoxy.
  • (ii) is C 2 -C 8 alkenyl
  • Each of (ii) is optionally substituted on any carbon available for substitution with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 hal
  • (iii) is CrC 8 alkyl or Ci-C 8 alkoxy, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, (mono- and di-C]-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and C C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • R 2 is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (iv) and (v):
  • (iv) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, -CONH 2 , C r C 6 haloalkyl, and
  • Ci-C 6 haloalkoxy Ci-C 6 haloalkoxy
  • (v) is C r C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR conjunction, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 C(O)Rlois, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 C(S)Rlois, -(CH 2 ) 0-4 R habitR 12 , -(CH 2 ) 0-4 C(O)ORterrorism, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 OC(O)Rcetate, -(CH 2 )o. 4 C(S)SR n , -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 SC(S)Rêt, -(CH 2 ) 0 .
  • Each of (v) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, C]-C 6 alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)Co-C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio,
  • Ci-C 2 haloalkyl Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • Yi is NR 3 , O, or S.
  • Y 2 is N or CR4.
  • R 3 is hydrogen or Ci-C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, -Cealkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, -Cealkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, or Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy, or t is
  • Z is O, S, S(O), S(0) 2 , N(R 5 ), C(0)NH, or QRsXRe').
  • R 5 is hydrogen or R 5 is Ci-C 8 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and
  • Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy
  • Re is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, C]-C 2 haloalkyl, or Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy, or Re is
  • R6' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C 4 alkyl, or Ci-C 4 alkoxy.
  • n 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • R 7 and Rs are independently chosen at each occurrence.
  • R 7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C ⁇ aloalkyl, or Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy, or R 7 is
  • R 8 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C 4 alkyl, or Ci-C 4 alkoxy.
  • R 7 and R 8 covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to -membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
  • Ri6 is hydrogen or Ci-C alkyl.
  • R 9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
  • Each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, C]-C 6 alkylester, C]-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy; and any two R 9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vii).
  • substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino,
  • Ri is one substituent chosen from (i), (ii), and (iii)
  • b is independently chosen from 1 and 2; and m is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2.
  • the disclosure includes compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula ( ⁇ ).
  • each of X l5 X 2 , X 3 and X is independently selected from CH and N; and the variables Y Y 2 , Z, R 3 to R 9 , Y h Y 2 , Z, Q, n, and X 5 to X 9 carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (I).
  • Formula (E) does not contain R 2 and the variable Ri is defined as follows:
  • R ⁇ is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii):
  • (i) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, and C ) -C 6 haloalkoxy.
  • (ii) is Q-Qalkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR spending, -(CH 2 ) 0-4 C(O)R réelle, -(CH 2 ) 0-4 C(S)R réelle, -(CH 2 ) 0-4 NR requirementR 12 , -(CH 2 ) 0-4 C(O)ORn, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 OC(O)R n , -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 C(S)SRwan, -(CH 2 ) 0 .
  • a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2
  • b is independently chosen from 1 and 2
  • m is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2.
  • R n , Ri 2 , and Ri 3 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and Ci-C 8 aliphatic group.
  • each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Q-Cgalkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Q-Cgalkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-
  • the 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group in Formula ( ⁇ ) is a heteroaryl group containing at least one nitrogen atom (i.e., at least one of X ls X 2 , X 3 and X is N).
  • all variables carry the definitions set forth above for Formula ( ⁇ ), but there is no requirement that at least one ofX X 2 , X 3 and X 4 is N.
  • Y 2 is N; either: (a) Yi is NR 3 (where R 3 is not hydrogen) or S; or (b) Z is O, S(O), S(0) 2 , N(R 5 ), or QRsXRe')-
  • n is 1 and R 7 is other than hydrogen; or (b) n is 2, 3, or 4.
  • all variables carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (II).
  • the disclosure includes a fifth embodiment directed to compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula ( ⁇ ) in which Q in Formula ( ⁇ ) is replaced by a -NHC(O)- "reverse amide" group.
  • Q in Formula ( ⁇ ) is replaced by a -NHC(O)- "reverse amide” group.
  • n is 1;
  • Z is S, S(O), S(0) 2 , or C(R6)(R 6 ')- Otherwise, all variables in for Formula ( ⁇ ).
  • the disclosure includes a sixth embodiment directed to compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula ( ⁇ ) in which at least one of X 5 , X 6 , ⁇ , Xs, and X 9 is a nitrogen atom.
  • This disclosure includes a seventh embodiment directed to compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula (IV).
  • the phenyl ring in Formula (IV) is substituted with at least one substituent that is not halogen, C]-C 6 alkyl, C ! -C 6 alkoxy, aryloxy, Ci-C 6 haloalkyl, cyano, nhro, or alkylthio, or in which any two Rio bound to adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form a carbocyclic ring.
  • R 9 is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
  • (vi) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-Cehaloalkyl, and Ci-Cehaloalkoxy.
  • (vii) is Ci-C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl,
  • Each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C]-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alko y, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Cj-Cealkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C]-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alko y, (mono- and di-Ci-C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Cj-Cealkylthio, Ci-C 2
  • Rio is at least 1 substituent chosen from (viii), (ix), and (x):
  • (viii) is hydroxyl, azido, amino, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • (ix) is CrCgalkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 R n , -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 C(S)R réelle, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 C(O)ORterrorism, -(CH 2 )o. 4 OC(0)R fate, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 C(S)SRdire, -(CH 2 ) 0-4 SC(S)Rdeem, -(CH 2 ) 0 . 4 OC(O) R desireR 12 ,
  • Ci-Cealkylester Ci-C 6 alkylthio, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy;
  • Each of (ix) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, (mono- and di-C C 6 alkylamino)Co-C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, C r C 2 haloalkyl, and CrC 2 haloalkoxy.
  • substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C 6 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, (mono- and di-C C 6 alkylamino)Co-C 2 alkyl, Ci-C 6 alkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, C r C 2 haloalkyl, and CrC 2 haloalkoxy.
  • (x) is Ci-Cgalkyl and Ci-Cgalkoxy, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, -COOH, oxo, cyano, amino, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-C 1 -C 6 alkylamino)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-C 6 alkylthio, C C 2 haloalkyl, and
  • any two Rio bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to one another to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic ring that is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
  • compositions and solid dosage forms containing a compound of any one of Formulae (I), ( ⁇ ), (III), (IV), or (V) together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the disclosure further includes a method of treating a bacterial infection in a patient, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulae (I) to (V) to a patient in need of such treatment.
  • the compound of Formulae (I) to (V) may be administered as the only active agent or may be administered together with one or more additional active agents.
  • Form (I) encompasses all compounds that satisfy Formula (I), including any enantiomers, racemates and stereoisomers, as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds.
  • Form (I) includes all subgeneric groups of Formula (I) unless clearly contraindicated by the context in which this phrase is used.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) include all compounds of Formula (I) having isotopic substitutions at any position.
  • Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
  • isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include n C, I3 C, and 14 C.
  • An "active agent” means a compound (including a compound disclosed herein), element, or mixture that when administered to a patient, alone or in combination with another compound, element, or mixture, confers, directly or indirectly, a physiological effect on the patient. The indirect physiological effect may occur via a metabolite or other indirect mechanism.
  • a dash (“-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent.
  • aliphatic group is a hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms in which the carbon atoms are covalently bound in single, double or triple covalent bonds in straight chains, branched chains, or non-aromatic rings. Aliphatic groups may be substituted.
  • Alkyl is a branched or straight chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, having the specified number of carbon atoms, generally from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms.
  • Ci-C 6 alkyl indicates an alkyl group having from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms.
  • Other embodiments include alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms or 1 or 2 carbon atoms, e.g. Ci-C 8 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkyl, and Ci-C 2 alkyl.
  • C 0 -C n alkyl When C 0 -C n alkyl is used herein in conjunction with another group, for example, (C 3 .C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-C4 alkyl, the indicated group, in this case cycloalkyl, is either directly bound by a single covalent bond (C 0 alkyl), or attached by an alkyl chain having the specified number of carbon atoms, in this case 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 3-methylbutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and sec-pentyl.
  • alkenyl is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds that may occur at any stable point along the chain, having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl and propenyl.
  • Alkynyl is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that may occur at any stable point along the chain, having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • alkynyl include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl.
  • Allenyl is an alkenyl group having two consecutive double bonds, i.e., a group of
  • Alkoxy is an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms covalently bound to the group it substitutes by an oxygen bridge (-0-).
  • alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, 2-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3- pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3- methylpentoxy.
  • Alkylthio indicates an alkyl group as defined above attached through a sulfur linkage, i.e. a group of the formula alkyl-S-. Examples include ethylthio and pentylthio.
  • Alkylester is an alkyl group as defined herein covalently bound to the group it substitutes by an ester linkage.
  • Aryl indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings. Typical aryl groups contain 1 to 3 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 18 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members. When indicated, such aryl groups may be further substituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups. Such substitution may include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, 0, and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl group.
  • Aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, including 1- naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, and bi-phenyl.
  • a “carbocyclic group” or a “carbocycle” is a monocyclic or bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring system in which all ring atoms are carbon. Usually each ring of the carbocyclic group contains from 4-6 ring atoms and a bicyclic carbocyclic group contains from 7 to 10 ring atoms but some other number of ring atoms may be specified. Unless otherwise indicated, the carbocyclic group may be attached to the group it substitutes at any carbon atom that results in a stable structure. When indicated the carbocyclic rings described herein may be substituted at any carbon atom if the resulting compound is stable. Examples of carbocycles include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclohexenyl.
  • Cycloalkyl is a saturated hydrocarbon ring group, having the specified number of carbon atoms.
  • Monocyclic cycloalkyl groups typically have from 3 to about 8 carbon ring atoms or from 3 to 7 (3, 4, 5, 6, or 7) carbon ring atoms.
  • Cycloalkyl substituents may be pendant from a substituted nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon atom, or a substituted carbon atom that may have two substituents may have a cycloalkyl group, which is attached as a spiro group.
  • Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • Halo or "halogen” indicates any of fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
  • Haloalkyl indicates both branched and straight-chain alkyl groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen atoms, up to the maximum allowable number of halogen atoms.
  • haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, and penta-fluoroethyl.
  • Hyalkoxy indicates a haloalkyl group as defined herein attached through an oxygen bridge (oxygen of an alcohol radical).
  • heterocyclic group or “heterocycle” indicates a monocyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring containing from 1 to about 4 heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon, or a bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic ring system containing at least 1 heteroatom in the two ring system chosen from N, O, and S and containing up to about 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S in each ring of the two ring system.
  • each ring of the heterocyclic group contains from 4-6 ring atoms but some other number of ring atoms may be specified.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure.
  • the heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon, sulfur, or nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. It is preferred that the total number of heteroatoms in a heterocyclic groups is not more than 4 and that the total number of S and O atoms in a heterocyclic group is not more than 2, more preferably not more than 1.
  • heterocyclic groups include, pyridyl, indolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, benz[b]thiophenyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, thienyl, isoindolyl, dihydroisoindolyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinoline, pyrazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl.
  • a heterocyclic group is chosen from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl,
  • heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, phthalazinyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisoxolyl, dihydro-benzodioxinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolopyridinyl, imidazopyridinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, carbazolyl, beta-carbolinyl, isochromanyl, chromanonyl, chromanyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl, isobenzotetrahydrothienyl,
  • Heteroaryl is a stable monocyclic aromatic ring having the indicated number of ring atoms which contains from 1 to 3, or in some embodiments from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon, or a stable bicyclic or tricyclic system containing at least one 5- to 7-membered aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or in some embodiments from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • Monocyclic heteroaryl groups typically have from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl groups are 9- to 10-membered heteroaryl groups, that is, groups containing 9 or 10 ring atoms in which one 5- to 7-member aromatic ring is fused to a second aromatic or non-aromatic ring.
  • the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2. It is particularly preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienylpyrazolyl, thiophenyl, triazolyl, benzo[i
  • Heterocycloalkyl is a saturated ring group, having 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, S, and O, with remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • Monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups typically have from 3 to about 8 ring atoms or from 4 to 6 ring atoms. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolinyl.
  • mono- and/ or di-alkylamino indicates secondary or tertiary alkyl amino groups, wherein the alkyl groups are independently chosen alkyl groups, as defined herein, having the indicated number of carbon atoms. The point of attachment of the alkylamino group is on the nitrogen. Examples of mono- and di-alkylamino groups include ethylamino, dimethylamino, and methyl-propyl-amino.
  • “Mono- and/or di-alkylcarbamate” includes mono-alkylcarbamate radical of formula
  • the groups alkyli and alkyl 2 are independently chosen alkyl groups, carrying the alkyl definition set forth in this disclosure and having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
  • substituted means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valence is not exceeded.
  • an oxo group substitutes aromatic moieties, the corresponding partially unsaturated ring replaces the aromatic ring.
  • a pyridyl group substituted by oxo is a pyridone.
  • a stable compound or stable structure is meant to imply a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation from a reaction mixture, and subsequent formulation into an effective therapeutic agent.
  • substituents are named into the core structure. For example, it is to be understood that when aminoalkyl is means the point of attachment of this substituent to the core structure is in the alkyl portion and when alkylamino means the point of attachment is a bond to the nitrogen of the amino group.
  • Suitable groups that may be present on a "substituted" or “optionally substituted” position include, but are not limited to, e.g., halogen; cyano; hydroxyl; nitro; azido; alkanoyl (such as a C 2 -C 6 alkanoyl group); carboxamide; alkyl groups (including cycloalkyl groups) having 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkenyl and alkynyl groups including groups having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to about 8, or 2 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups having one or more oxygen linkages and from 1 to about 8, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryloxy such as phenoxy; alkylthio groups including those having one or more thioether linkages and from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfinyl groups including those having one or more sul
  • a "dosage form” means a unit of administration of an active agent. Examples of dosage forms include tablets, capsules, injections, suspensions, liquids, emulsions, creams, ointments, suppositories, inhalable forms, transdermal forms, and the like.
  • “Pharmaceutical compositions” are compositions comprising at least one active agent, such as a compound or salt of Formula I, and at least one other substance, such as a carrier. Pharmaceutical compositions optional contain one or more additional active agents. When specified, pharmaceutical compositions meet the U.S. FDA's GMP (good manufacturing practice) standards for human or non-human drugs. “Pharmaceutical combinations” are combinations of at least two active agents which may be combined in a single dosage form or provided together in separate dosage forms with instructions that the active agents are to be used together to treat a disorder, such as a Gram-negative bacterial infection.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” includes derivatives of the disclosed compounds in which the parent compound is modified by making inorganic and organic, non-toxic, acid or base addition salts thereof.
  • the salts of the present compounds can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid. Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
  • salts of the present compounds further include solvates of the compounds and of the compound salts.
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts and the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • conventional non-toxic acid salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, mesylic, esylic, besylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, HOOC-(CH 2 ) n -COOH where n is 0-4, and the like.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phospho
  • carrier applied to pharmaceutical compositions/combinations of the invention refers to a diluent, excipient, or vehicle with which an active compound is provided.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” means an excipient that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition/ combination that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes an excipient that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” as used in the present application includes both one and more than one such excipient.
  • a "patient” is a human or non-human animal in need of medical treatment.
  • Medical treatment can include treatment of an existing condition, such as a disease or disorder, prophylactic or preventative treatment, or diagnostic treatment.
  • the patient is a human patient.
  • Providing means giving, administering, selling, distributing, transferring (for profit or not), manufacturing, compounding, or dispensing.
  • Treatment includes providing a compound of this disclosure such as a compound of any of Formulae (I)-(VIII), either as the only active agent or together with at least one additional active agent sufficient to: (a) inhibiting the disease, i.e. arresting its development; and (b) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease and in the case of a bacterial infection to eliminate the infection in the patient.
  • Treating and “treatment” also means providing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention as the only active agent or together with at least one additional active agent to a patient having or susceptible to a bacterial infection.
  • prolactic treatment includes administering an amount of a compound of the disclosure sufficient to significantly reduce the likelihood of a disease from occurring in a patient who may be predisposed to the disease but who does not have it.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” of a pharmaceutical composition/ combination of this invention means an amount effective, when administered to a patient, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as an amelioration of symptoms, e.g., an amount effective to decrease the symptoms of a bacterial infection and/ or effect a cure. In certain circumstances a patient suffering from a microbial infection may not present symptoms of being infected. Thus a therapeutically effective amount of a compound is also an amount sufficient to significantly reduce the detectable level of microorganism in the patient's blood, serum, other bodily fluids, or tissues.
  • the disclosure also includes, in certain embodiments, using compounds of the disclosure in prophylactic treatment and therapeutic treatment.
  • a "therapeutically effective amount” is an amount sufficient to significantly decrease the treated patient's risk of contracting a bacterial infection.
  • prophylactic treatment may be administered when a subject will knowingly be exposed to infectious microbes.
  • a significant reduction is any detectable negative change that is statistically significant in a standard parametric test of statistical significance such as Student's T-test, where p ⁇ 0.05.
  • Formulae (I) - (VIII) include all subformulae thereof.
  • the compounds of any of Formulae (I)- (VIII) may contain one or more asymmetric elements such as stereogenic centers, stereogenic axes and the like, e.g. asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms.
  • asymmetric elements such as stereogenic centers, stereogenic axes and the like, e.g. asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms.
  • These compounds can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms.
  • these compounds with two or more asymmetric elements these compounds can additionally be mixtures of diastereomers.
  • For compounds having asymmetric centers it should be understood that all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed.
  • compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E-forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included in the present disclosure.
  • single enantiomers i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis, synthesis from optically pure precursors, or by resolution of the racemates.
  • Resolution of the racemates can also be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example using a chiral HPLC column.
  • the disclosure includes method of treating a bacterial infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of Formula (VI)
  • Each of Rj a and R lb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, -OCHF 2 , and CF 3 , wherein at least one of Ri a or R ⁇ is other than hydrogen; Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
  • Z is selected from CH 2 , NH and S;
  • R 9a is selected from halogen, cyano, -OCH 3 , optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl; and R 9b is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
  • R 9a is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl
  • R 9b is hydrogen
  • Z is S and Yi is NH
  • at least one of Ri a and R ⁇ is other than hydrogen or cyano .
  • the disclosure includes a method of treating a bacterial infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of Formula (VI) in which the variables have the following values.
  • Ria is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano.
  • Rib is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF 2 , CF 3 .
  • R 9a is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH 3 , pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy.
  • the disclosure also includes a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (VI) in which the variables carry the following definitions.
  • Each of Ria and R ⁇ is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, -OCHF 2 , and CF 3 , wherein at least one of ] a or R ⁇ is other than hydrogen.
  • Yi is selected from NH, O and S.
  • Z is selected from CH 2 , NH and S.
  • R 9a is selected from halogen, CN, -OCH 3 , optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl; and R 9b is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
  • R 9a is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl
  • R 9b is hydrogen
  • Z is S and Yi is NH
  • at least one of Ri a and R3 ⁇ 4 is other than hydrogen or cyano.
  • the disclosure includes compounds and salts of Fomula (VI) in which the variables have the following values.
  • Ria is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano.
  • Rib is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF 2 ,and CF 3 .
  • R 9a is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH 3 , pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy.
  • the disclosure also includes compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula (VII)
  • each of Ria and R ⁇ is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, -OCHF 2 , and CF 3 , wherein at least one of Rj a or R ⁇ is other than hydrogen;
  • Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
  • Z is selected from CH 2 , NH and S;
  • Ri 9a is selected from CN, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted
  • R% is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
  • Ri 9a is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl
  • R 19b is hydrogen
  • Z is S and Yi is NH
  • at least one of Ri a and R ⁇ is other than hydrogen or cyano.
  • the compound of Formula (VII) is other than
  • the disclosure includes a compound or salt of Formula (VII) in which the following conditions are met.
  • Ri a is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano;
  • Rib is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, QCHF 2 , and CF 3 .
  • Ri9a is selected from cyano, -OCH 3 , pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 5-methylpyridin- 3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2- yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy.
  • the disclosure provides a compound of Formula VIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula VIII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and a method of treating a bacterial infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound of Formula VIII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula VHI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • each of R20 and R 2 i is independently selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCHF 2 , and CF 3 , wherein at least one of R 2 o or R 2 i is other than hydrogen;
  • R22 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , CF 3 , and
  • Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
  • Z is selected from CH 2 , NH and S;
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , CF 3 , and CHF 2
  • R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH 3 , optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl;
  • each R 25 is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl;
  • R 9b is selected from bromo, chloro and fluoro, wherein:
  • each of R 20 and R 2 i is other than hydrogen or cyano.
  • R% is absent or chloro
  • R 2 o is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF 2 , CF 3 ;
  • R 2 i is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano;
  • R 22 is selected from hydrogen and -OCH 3 ;
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, hydroxy, methyl, -OCH 3 ;
  • R 24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH 3 , pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy; and
  • each R 25 is hydrogen.
  • the compound is other than
  • R 2 4 when R 2 4 is chloro, fluoro, bromo, or -OCH 3 , R 2 2 is hydrogen, and Z is S, neither of R 20 or R 2 i is chloro, fluoro, or bromo;
  • Z is S.
  • Z is NH or CH 2 .
  • the disclosure includes a method of treating a bacterial infection in a patient by administering an effective amount of one or more compounds of the disclosure to a patient at risk for a bacterial infection or suffering from a microorganism infection.
  • Treatment of human patients is particularly contemplated. However, treatment of non-human patients is within the scope of the disclosure.
  • the disclosure includes treatment or prevention of microbial infections in fish, amphibians, reptiles or birds, but a preferred embodiment of the disclosure includes treating mammals.
  • the bacterial infection or antibiotic-tolerant infection is caused by a Gram-negative bacterium.
  • the microbial infection is the result of a pathogenic bacterial infection.
  • pathogenic bacteria include, without limitation, bacteria within the genera Aerobacter, Aeromonas, Acinetobacter, Agrobacterium, Bacillus, Bacteroides, Bartonella, Bordetella, Brucella, Burkholderia Calymmatobacterium, Campylobacter, Citrobacter, Clostridium, Corynebacterium, Enterobacter, Enterococcus, Escherichia, Francisella, Haemophilus, Hafiiia, Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Legionella, Listeria, Morganella, Moraxella, Proteus, Providencia, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Shigella, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Treponema, Xanthomonas, Vibrio, and Yersinia.
  • Such bacteria include Vibrio harveyi, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahemolyticus, Vibrio alginolyticus, Pseudomonas phosphoreum, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Yersinia enterocolitica, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium, Haemophilus influenzae, Helicobacter pylori, Bacillus subtilis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria meningitidis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Yersinia pestis, Campylobacter jejuni, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Enterococcus faecalis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Acinetobacter baumannii, Staphylococcus epidermidis, and Staphylococcus aureus
  • the gram-negative bacterium is a Pseudomonas, e.g., P. aeruginosa.
  • the gram-negative bacterium is Burkholderia species.
  • the gram-negative bacterium is Acinetobacter, e.g., A. baumannii.
  • the gram-negative bacterium is an Enterobacteriaceae, e.g., Klebsiella pneumonia, e.g., Escherichia coli, e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, e.g., Serratia marcescens, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, e.g., Shigella dysenteriae, e.g., Proteus mirabilis, e.g., Citrobacter freundii, e.g., Yersinia pestis.
  • Enterobacteriaceae e.g., Klebsiella pneumonia, e.g., Escherichia coli, e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, e.g., Serratia marcescens, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, e.g., Shigella dysenteriae, e.g., Proteus mirabilis,
  • the infection is a polymicrobial infection, e.g., an infection comprising more than one organism.
  • the infection comprises at least one of the organisms listed above, e.g., one or more of Pseudomonas, e.g., P aeruginosa, Kelbsiella, e.g., Klebsiella pneumoniae, and/or Acinetobacter, e.g., A. baumannii.
  • the methods further include administering an additional active agent in combination with a compound of the disclosure, such as an antibiotic selected from the group consisting of: penicillins, cephalosporins, carbacephems, cephamycins, carbapenems, monobactams, quinolones, tetracyclines, aminoglycosides, macrolides, glycopeptides, chloramphenicols, glycylcyclines, lincosamides, lipopeptides, oxazolidinones and fluoroquinolones.
  • an antibiotic selected from the group consisting of: penicillins, cephalosporins, carbacephems, cephamycins, carbapenems, monobactams, quinolones, tetracyclines, aminoglycosides, macrolides, glycopeptides, chloramphenicols, glycylcyclines, lincosamides, lipopeptides, oxazolidinone
  • the bacterial infection is an upper respiratory tract infection, pneumonia, a systemic infection, sepsis and septic shock, a urinary tract infection, a gastrointestinal infection, endocarditis, a bone infection, or an infection of the skin and soft tissue.
  • the subject is a mammal, e.g., a human or non-human mammal.
  • the methods include treating one or more cells, e.g., cells in a culture dish.
  • the present disclosure features a method of treating a Gram-negative infection in a subject, the method comprising administering to said subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein.
  • the Gram-negative infection is caused by Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
  • the disclosure includes treating an infection caused by gram positive bacteria, such as Staphylococcus epidermidis and Staphylococcus aureus.
  • the subject is a trauma patient or a burn patient suffering from a burn or skin wound.
  • the present disclosure features a method of reducing bacterial tolerance in a subject, the method comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein.
  • the method further includes identifying said subject suffering from a bacteria tolerant infection.
  • Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, and about 1 mg to about 20 mg per kg body weight, and about 1 mg to 10 mg per kg body weight, and about 4 mg per kg body weight are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions (about 10 mg to about 7 g per patient per day).
  • about 100 mg to about 5 g of an active agent of this disclosure will be administered per day.
  • about 200 mg to about 3 g, or about 500 mg to about 2 g of active agent will be administered per day.
  • Dosing schedules in which a compound of the disclosure is administered less than once per day are also included in the disclosure.
  • controlled release dosage form in which the compound is administered once every 48 hours, twice weekly, or once weekly are also within the scope of the disclosure.
  • the amount of active agent that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 50 mg to about 1 g of an active ingredient.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the disclosure is an amount sufficient to maintain in a patient a serum concentration that is above the minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) against the bacterium with which the patient is infected until the next dosing of the compound.
  • MIC minimal inhibitory concentration
  • a therapeutically effective amount may be an amount that maintains in a patient a serum concentration of the compound of 0.1 micromolar to 10 micromolar until the next dosing of the compound.
  • Frequency of dosage may also vary depending on the compound used, the particular disease treated and MIC of the bacteria causing the disease. However, for treatment of most infectious disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily or less is preferred and a dosage regimen of 1 or 2 times daily is particularly preferred.
  • the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
  • L is a leaving group
  • Zi is S, O, or NH
  • Z 2 is S, O, NH 2 , or CH 2 ;
  • Y is O or S
  • P is an optional protecting group known in the art, or an N-substituent, such as an alkyl, that is present in a final product;
  • MvfR is a LysR-type transcriptional regulator that directs 4-hydroxy-2-alkylquinolines (HAQs) synthesis, including that of its ligands,
  • HHQ 4-hydroxy-2-heptylquinoline
  • PQS 3,4-dihydroxy-2-heptylquinoline
  • MvfR promotes the production of HAQs by binding to and activating the pqs operon, which encodes enzymes for HAQ synthesis.
  • Anthranilic acid (AA) derived from the phnAB, kynABU, and trpEG pathways, is the precursor for HAQs.
  • Pqs A encodes an anthranilate-coenzyme A ligase, which activates anthranilic acid and catalyzes the first committed step to HAQ production.
  • PqsB and PqsC are unknown, though both show homology to acyl-carrier-proteins and both are required for HHQ and PQS production.
  • PqsD is a condensing enzyme that along with PqsA has been shown to be necessary and sufficient for the production of 2,4-dihydroxyquinoline (DHQ), a molecule whose biological role has yet to be determined.
  • DHQ 2,4-dihydroxyquinoline
  • PqsE encodes for a putative hydrolase, and while the protein is not required for the synthesis of HAQs, it is necessary for pyocyanin production.
  • Inhibition of Pyocyanin production is correlated with reduced P. aeruginosa infectivity.
  • HHQ and PQS inhibition is also correlated with reduced P. aeruginosa infectivity.
  • PQS inhibition is correlated with reduced infectivity of other bacterial pathogens as PQS is known to affect oxygen consumption and cell to cell communication of other Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria (Toyofuku, M. et al., Microbes Environ. (2010) 25(1): 1-7).
  • Step 3 3-(4-Nitrophenox )pyridine.
  • K 2 C0 3 20.72 g, 0.15 mol.
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 140°C for 2 hr and cooled down to r.t.
  • the mixture was diluted with water, and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by column chromatography to give 3-(4-nitrophenoxy)pyridine (20.7 g, 96% yield) as yellow solid.
  • Step 4 4-(Pyridin-3-yloxy) aniline. 3-(4-nitrophenoxy)pyridine (10.2 g, 47.18 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL MeOH, followed by addition of Pd/C powder (10%wt, 1.1 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. under H 2 atmosphere overnight and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline (17.45 g, 98% yield) as grey solid. LC-MS: m/z: 187 (M+H) + .
  • Step 5 Tert-butyl 2-oxo-2-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)ethyl carbamate.
  • 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline 1.0 g, 5.37 mmol
  • 2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)acetic acid 1.13 g, 6.45 mmol
  • EDCI 1.03 g, 5.37 mmol
  • HOBT HOBT
  • TEA 2.2 mL, 16.12 mmol
  • Step 1 4-(Pyridin-4-yloxy) aniline.
  • 4-chloropyridine hydrochloride 1.0 g, 6.67 mmol
  • 4-aminophenol 0.73 g, 6.67 mmol
  • NaOH 0.67 g, 16.67 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hr and cooled to r.t.
  • the resulting mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by column chromatography to give 4-(pyridin-4-yloxy)aniline (0.83 g, 67% yield) as a pale yellow solid.
  • LC-MS m/z: 187(M+H) + .
  • PROPANAMIDE (COMPOUND 85) AND 3-(6-CHL0R0BENZ0[D]THIAZ0L-2-YL)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3-
  • Step 1 3-(5-Chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid.
  • 2-amino-4- chlorobenzenethiol 1.6 g, 10 mmol
  • dihydrofuran-2,5-dione 1.0 g, 10 mmol
  • the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4 hr and then at reflux for another 2 hr.
  • the resulting mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 1 Methyl 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzoate. To a solution of 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzonitrile (1 g, 5.1 mmol) in MeOH(10 mL) was added H 2 S0 4 (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 75°C for 6 hr. The resulting mixture was diluted with S. aq. Na 2 C0 3 (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give methyl 4- (pyridin-3-yloxy)benzoate (0.9 g, 77.5% yield). LC-MS: m/z: 230 (M+H) + . Step 2.
  • Step 3 tert-Butyl 2-(5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio) ethylcarbamate.
  • 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-2(3H)-thione 500 mg, 2.7 mmol
  • tert-butyl 2-bromoethylcarbamate 670 mg, 3.0 mmol
  • Cs 2 C0 3 17.0 mmol
  • Step 4 2-(5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)ethanamine.
  • a solution of tert-butyl 2-(5- chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio) ethylcarbamate (500 mg, 1.5 mmol) in 5 mL of TFA was stirred at r.t. for 4 h.
  • the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-(5-chloro-lH- benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)ethanamine TFA salt (510 mg, 100% yield) as a white solid.
  • Step 5 N-(2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)ethyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzamide .
  • Step 1 5-Chloroindoline-2-thione.
  • Step 1 l-Chloro-N-(4-(pyridin-3-ylox )phenyl)methanesulfonamide.
  • TEA 1.3 mL, 10.8 mmol
  • a solution of chloromethanesulfonyl chloride 947 mg, 6.4 mmol
  • the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography to afford the desired product (300 mg, 37% yield). MS: 299(M+H) + .
  • Step 2 l-( ( 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)methanesulfonamide .
  • 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-2-thiol 566 mg, 3.03 mmol
  • NaH 121 mg, 3.03 mmol
  • Step 1 Ethyl 4-((4-chloro-2-hydrox phenyl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate.
  • 2-amino- 5-chlorophenol 3 g, 21 mmol
  • pyridine 3 g, 42 mmol
  • DCM 20 mL
  • ethyl 4-chloro-4- oxobutanoate 4.1 g, 27 mmol
  • the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hr and then diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc.
  • the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 2 Ethyl 3-(6-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)propanoate.
  • Step 3 3-(6-Chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)propanoic acid.
  • Step 1 To a stirred solution of oxazole (0.50 g) in anhydrous THF (15 mL), at -78 °C and under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6M THF of n-BuLi (5 mL) was added drop-wise over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 0.5 h then a freshly prepared solution 1.13M/THF ZnBr 2 (7.7 mL) was added drop-wise over 5 min and the mixture was allowed to reach RT. I 2 (2.02 g) was added in one portion and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh.
  • Step 2 A mixture of 4-(tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzene-l,2-diamine (284 mg), All 189/9/1 (260 mg), K 2 C0 3 (502 mg) and PdCl 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 (170 mg) in dioxane (8 mL) and water (4 mL) was flushed with nitrogen and shaken in a PLS apparatus at 90 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM and water, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by aminic FC (Snap 25, eluting with DCM/MeOH from 100/0 to 98/2) to give 151 mg of the product A/1189/15/1, which was used as described previously to produce Intermediate A9.
  • aminic FC Snap 25, eluting with DCM/MeOH from 100/0 to
  • Step 1 5-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2-thione (CAS 37052-78-1) was combined with pyridine hydrochloride into a dried sealed tube, placed under N2, and stirred at 180 °C overnight. The resulting residue was dissolved in MeOH and purified by Si-column (NH) eluting with AcOEt to AcOEt/MeOH 9:1 to obtain 2.15 g of desired product 5-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2- thione (A/1482/41/1) with presence of pyridine. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 A solution of 5-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2-thione (A/1482/41/1), tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride, and imidazole in DMF was stirred at RT overnight. AcOEt was added and the organic phase washed with brine. The organic phase was dried and evaporated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by Si-column (NH) eluting with DCM to afford desired product 5-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2-thione.
  • R 7 , R 9 and Ri are as defined for Formulae I- VIII.
  • An appropriately R 9 and R 16 -containing aniline was dissolved in DCM dry (10 vol), TEA (2-3 eq) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 °C.
  • An R 7 -containing chloroacetyl chloride derivative (1.1 eq) was added drop-wise and the resulting mixture stirred at r.t. for 3h.
  • UPLC analysis showed that reaction was complete so the solvent was evaporated in vacuo, cold water was added and the precipitate collected by filtration obtaining the desired intermediates B reported in the table below:
  • Table 3 indicates the starting materials and any additional steps and/or modifications of the above protocol employed for specific compounds of the invention.
  • Commercially available starting materials are indicated by their CAS number.
  • the synthesis of compounds whose starting materials are indicated as "See specific chemical route" are set forth in the Examples following Table 3.
  • Step 2 3-(6-nitro-lH-l,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid (A/1482/61/1) and 4-chloroaniline (CAS 106-47-8) were put in a vial, dissolved in DMF dry and TEA was added. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and coupling reagent (HATU) was added. After stirring at r.t. overnight, UPLC analysis showed formation of intermediate C reported below:
  • Step 1 To a round bottom flask charged with methanol was added 3-(6-nitro-lH-l,3- benzodiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid A/1482/61/2 (see synthetic procedure for A/1482/63/1). This solution was cooled to 0°C, then thionyl chloride (10 eq) was added, and the reaction stirred for 5 hours. Upon completion, the reaction was evaporated in vacuo, dissolved in dichloromethane and washed three times with a saturated NaHC0 3 solution.
  • Step 1 To a solution of 4-nitro-o-phenylenediamine and DMAP in MeCN (225 mL) at RT, was added a solution of ⁇ , ⁇ -carbonyldiimidazole in MeCN (113 mL) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4h. The formation of yellow precipitate was observed. UPLC showed complete conversion. The yellow precipitate was filtered, washed with MeCN and dried under vacuum to give the desired product, 5-nitro- lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (A/1482/79/1) as yellow solid. A second crop named A/1482/79/2 was recovered after filtration of the mother liquor after 16h. Step 2.
  • Step 3 NaH (60%) in mineral oil was added portion-wise to a stirred suspension of 2-chloro-5- nitro-lH-benzo[d] imidazole (A/1482/81/1) in dry DMF at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere The ice-bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT. After 0.5 h the mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and 2-trimethylsilylethyoxymethyl chloride (0.38 mL) was added drop-wise. The ice-bath was removed, and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT. After lh, UPLC showed complete conversion.
  • Step 4 To a solution of methyl glycolate in dry THF (8 ml) cooled at 0 °C was added NaH (60%) in mineral oil. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The suspension was cooled at 0 °C and a solution of A/1482/82/1 was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16h. UPLC showed ⁇ 70% reaction completion, and another 1.1 eq of NaH was added. After stirring for 16h, UPLC showed formation of side products. The reaction was stopped, and S. NH4C1 and EtOAC were added.
  • Step 5 To a stirred solution oh the A/1482/83/1 cooled to 0 °C in THF, a solution of LiOH in water was added dropwise. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2h. UPLC showed complete conversion. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was portioned between water and EtOAc, the organic phase was separated and discarded. The water phase was evaporated to give the desired product as the corresponding lithium salt A/1482/84/1.
  • Step 6 To a stirred solution of A/1482/84/1, 4-aminobenzonitrile and TEA in THF 3: 1, HATU was added at room temperature. After stirring for 5h, UPLC showed complete conversion. The solvent was evaporated and the residue partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 and DCM. The organic phase was separated, dried and the solvent evaporated to give an impure product, which was further purified by Si0 2 column (DCM to DCM:MeOH). The desired product named A/1540/23/1 was recovered as a white solid.
  • Step 7 The SEM protected starting material A/1540/23/1 was dissolved in a mixture 9:1 TF A/water at 0 °C. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 5h. UPLC showed formation of the desired product. Excess of TFA was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 and DCM (3 times). The organic phases were combined, dried and the solvent evaporated to provide crude material, which was then further purified by silica column (DCM to
  • Step 1 To a stirred solution of A/1540/24/2 (for synthetic procedure see A/1482/84/1), 4- chloroaniline and TEA in a mixture THF/DMF 3:1, HATU was added at room temperature. After stirring for 5h, UPLC showed complete conversion. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue partitioned between S. aq. NaHCC"3 and DCM. The organic phase was separated, dried and the solvent evaporated to give crude product which was purified by silica column (DCM to DCM:MeOH 95:5). The desired product named A/1540/29/1 was recovered as a white solid.
  • Step 2 4-Oxo-4-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)butanoic acid.
  • MeOH MeOH
  • NaOH 0.43 g, 10.75 mmol
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water, acidified to pH 2 with 6 N HCl, and filtered.
  • Step 3 N ] -(2- amino-4-chlorophenyl)-N t -(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl)succinamide .
  • Step 4 3-(5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl) propanamide.
  • a mixture of N 1 -(2-amino-4-chlorophenyl)-N 4 -(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl)succinamide (0.25 g, 0.61 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was refluxed for 2 hr, then cooled down and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 3 N-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)-2-((5-cyano-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl) thio) acetamide.
  • 2-mercapto-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbonitrile 105 mg, 0.6 mmol
  • DMF 6 mL
  • K 2 C0 3 166 mg, 1.2 mmol
  • 2-chloro-N-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)acetamide 131 mg, 0.6 mmol.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hr, and partitioned between aq. LiCl (10%wt) and DCM.
  • Step 1 (S)-3-(6-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-hydroxypropanoic acid
  • (S)-2- hydroxysuccinic acid (4.7 g, 35.07 mmol) and 4-chlorobenzene-l,2-diamine (5.0 g, 35.07 mmol) in 4N HC1 (25 mL) was refluxed overnight.
  • the precipitate was removed by filtration.
  • the filtrate was neutralized to pH 5 and filtered again.
  • Step 1 2-Amino-5-chloro-3-nitrophenol. To a mixture of 2-amino-3-nitrophenol (1.54 g, 10 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL) at r.t. was added NCS (1.33 g, 10 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 2hr, then cooled down to r.t. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (25 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 2 5-Chloro-3-nitro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)benzoic acid.
  • Step 6 Methyl 5-chloro-2-mercapto-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-7-carboxylate.
  • a mixture of methyl 2,3- diamino-5-chlorobenzoate (140 mg, 0.7 mmol), di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanethione (151 mg, 0.84 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was stirred at reflux for 4 hr, then cooled to r.t. and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 8 2-((5-chloro-7-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4- (pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)acetamide.
  • Table 4 below provides a list of compounds that are useful in the compositions and methods of the disclosure.
  • Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO at 10 mM and stored at -20 °C until needed. Seven test concentrations from 0.0032 micromolar to 31.6 micromolar are used for each compound.
  • Colony Forming Units (CFU)/mL of the overnight culture and T 0 culture are determined by a series of 1 : 10 serial dilutions in sterile saline. 4x20 ⁇ L of each dilution is seeded on LB agar plates and incubated at 35 ⁇ 2 °C for 20 hours. CFU/mL is determined from the dilution that gives 2 to 50 colonies/20 ⁇ L.
  • Pyocyanin inhibition data is provided in Table 5.
  • Three stars (***) indicates an IC 50 ⁇ 0.1 ⁇
  • two stars (**) indicates 0.1 ⁇ ⁇ IC 50 ⁇ 1.0 ⁇
  • one star (*) indicates 1.0 ⁇ ⁇ IC 50 ⁇ 10.0 ⁇
  • no stars beside a compound number indicates that compound has an IC50 > 10 ⁇ .
  • Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO at 10 mM and stored at -20 °C until needed. Seven test concentrations from 0.0032 micromolar to 31.6 micromolar are used for each compound.
  • Colony Forming Units (CFU)/mL of the overnight culture and T 0 culture are determined by a series of 1 : 10 serial dilutions in sterile saline. 4x20 uL of each dilution is seeded on LB agar plates and incubated at 35 ⁇ 2 °C for 20 hours. CFU/mL is determined from the dilution that gives 2 to 50
  • the plate is sealed and incubated at 37°C for 24 hours under shaking (-700 rpm) using a microtiter shaker. At the end of the incubation period, 150 ⁇ of the deep well plate culture are transferred in a new non-sterile plate, and 150 ⁇ of methanol containing tetra-deuterated PQS (D4- PQS) and 2% acetic acid are added to each well.
  • the plate is sealed, shaken at high speed for 5 minutes and centrifuged at 4,000g for 40 minutes at room temperature. 100 ⁇ of the supernatant is then transferred to glass vials (vials crimp 0.2 mL) and kept at 4°C until LC-MS/MS analysis.
  • PQSs quantification is carried out by analyzing samples in discrete batches together with spiked standards and blank samples.
  • Calibration curves are constructed from PQS standards, and respective deuterated PQS is used as an Internal Standards (IS) to calculate the concentration of analytes in the sample and improve the precision of the assay.
  • IS Internal Standards
  • the back-calculated concentrations of the calibration standards from the calibration curve shall be within ⁇ 20% of the nominal values, the range of the analytical method is determined, and the lower and upper limit of quantification specified.
  • Liquid chromatography separations are performed using an Agilent HP1100 system (Agilent Technologies) coupled with a CTC PAL Autosampler (CTC Analytics AG). Chromatographic retention is obtained using a monolithic column (Chromolith® RP-18, 50 x 4.6 mm).
  • the solvent system consists of water containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (A) and acetonitrile containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (B).
  • the gradient elution profile is chosen as follows: 0 min: 70% A (1500 ⁇ / ⁇ ), 0.3 min: 70% A (1500 uL/min), 1.3 min: 5% A (2500 uL/min), 1.6 min: 5% A (2500 jiL min).
  • the MS/MS analysis is performed with an API4000 series mass spectrometer (AB SciexTM) operating in Multiple Reaction Monitoring (MRM) mode and equipped with a TIS ion source.
  • the specific ions monitored are PQS (m/z 260 -> m/z 175) and D4-PQS (m/z 264 -> m/z 179).
  • the computer systems used in this study to acquire and quantify data may be an AnalystTM vl .5.
  • PQS in the presence of different concentrations of test compound are expressed as percentage of inhibition of the basal level in control samples.
  • Curve fitting and IC50 estimations are carried out using a four parameter logistic model using GraphPad Prism v.5 program.
  • PQS 24 hour inhibition data is provided in Table 6.
  • IC50 IC50 of less than 10 micromolar in the Pyocyanin inhibition assay
  • Three stars (***) indicates an IC50 ⁇ 1.0 ⁇
  • two stars (**) indicates 1.0 ⁇ ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 ⁇ 5.0 ⁇
  • one star (*) indicates 5.0 ⁇ ⁇ IC 50 ⁇ 10.0 ⁇
  • no stars beside a compound number indicates that compound has an IC 50 > 10 ⁇ .
  • concentration range with 7 test concentrations is chosen for each test compound.
  • concentration ranges for the PQS and HHQ assays are from 0.03 to 31.6 ⁇ .
  • Compounds are prepared in solvent, usually DMSO, at either 200 or 500 times the final test concentration.
  • a 0.5 mL aliquot of bacterial suspension is transferred from each 15 mL glass tube, after shaking, to a 2 mL polypropylene vial.
  • 0.5 mL of methanol-containing D4- PQS (deuterated-PQS), D4-HHQ (deuterated-HHQ) and 2% acetic acid are added to each 2 mL vial and each vial is vigorously shaken.
  • the vials are then centrifuged for 5 minutes at 12,000g, and 200 of supernatant from each vial is transferred to a glass vial (vials crimp 0.2mL), and the sealed vials are kept at 4°C until LC-MS/MS analysis is performed.
  • HAQs quantification is carried out analyzing samples in discrete batches together with spiked standards and blank samples.
  • Calibration curves are constructed from HAQs standards, and respective deuterated forms are used as Internal Standards (IS), to calculate the concentration of analytes in the sample and improve the precision of the assay.
  • IS Internal Standards
  • the back-calculated concentrations of the calibration standards from the calibration curve shall be within ⁇ 20% of the
  • SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 2.6) nominal values, the range of the analytical method is determined, and the lower and upper limit of quantification specified.
  • Liquid chromatography separations are performed using Agilent HP 1100 system (Agilent Technologies) coupled with a CTC PAL Autosampler (CTC Analytics AG). Chromatographic retention is obtained using a monolithic column (Chromolith® RP-18, 50 x 4.6 mm).
  • the solvent system consists of water containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (A) and acetonitrile containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (B).
  • the gradient elution profile is chosen as follows: 0 min: 70% A (1500 ⁇ ), 0.3 min: 70% A (1500 jiL/min), 1.3 min: 5% A (2500 ⁇ ), 1.6 min: 5% A (2500 ⁇ ).
  • the MS/MS analysis is performed with a API4000 series mass spectrometer (AB SciexTM) operating in Multiple Reaction Monitoring (MRM) mode and equipped with a TIS ion source.
  • the specific ions monitored are PQS (m/z 260 -> m/z 175), D4-PQS (m/z 264 -> m/z 179), HHQ (m/z 244 -> m/z 159) and D4-HHQ (m/z 248 -> m/z 163).
  • PQS and HHQ in presence of different test compound concentrations are expressed as percentage of inhibition of the basal level in control samples.
  • PQS 6 hour inhibition data is provided in Table 7.
  • HHQ 6 hour inhibition data is provided in Table 8.
  • IC 50 of less than 1 micromolar in the Pyocyanin inhibition assay were tested in the PQS and HHQ 6 hour inhibition assays.
  • Three stars (***) indicates an IC 50 ⁇ 1.0 ⁇
  • two stars (**) indicates 1.0 ⁇ ⁇ IC 50 ⁇ 5.0 ⁇
  • one star (*) indicates 5.0 ⁇ ⁇ IC 50 ⁇ 10.0 ⁇
  • no stars beside a compound number indicates that compound has an IC50 > 10 ⁇ .

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The disclosure provides compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the compounds useful for treating chronic and acute bacterial infections. Certain of the compounds are compounds and salts of general Formula VIII Certain compounds of this disclosure are MvfR inhibitors. MvfR inhibitors reduce the formation of antibiotic tolerant bacterial strains and are useful for treating Gram-negative bacterial infections and reducing the virulence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Methods of treating bacterial infections in a patient, including Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections, are also provided by the disclosure.

Description

COMPOUNDS USEFUL AS ANTIBIOTIC TOLERANCE INHIBITORS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Applications No. 61/815,260, filed April 23, 2013, and No. 61/951,340, filed March 11, 2014, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present disclosure includes substituted benzimidazole-benzamides and related compounds and methods of using such compounds. For example, the disclosure provides methods of using the compounds in treating acute and chronic bacterial infections.
BACKGROUND
Hard-to-eradicate, often untreatable, infections including chronic wounds and infections of medical devices pose increasing threats to human health worldwide. Such infections are often refractory to antibiotics due to antibiotic resistant bacterial cells, and/or to antibiotic tolerance of a subpopulation of bacterial cells that are not antibiotic resistant mutants but rather "dormant" cells that survive antibiotic killing. Antibiotic tolerance is defined as the ability of a fraction of a susceptible bacterial population to survive exposure to normally lethal concentrations of bactericidal antibiotics. According to the existing paradigm, many chronic infections are therefore untreatable.
The ligand activated transcriptional regulator, MvfR, plays a central role in controlling the pathology of acute bacterial infections, and the shift of Gram-negative bacteria from acute to chronic infection. MvfR inhibitors reduce virulence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, a Gram-negative bacterial species, and reduce the formation of antibiotic resistant Pseudomonas strains in vitro.
SUMMARY
In a first embodiment, this disclosure includes compounds of Formula (I) and the
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In this embodiment the 6-membered carbocyclic ring of the bicyclic heteroaryi group shown in Formula (I) is substituted with at least one substituent that is not nitro, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, N-linked carboxamide, N-linked alkyl carboxamide, or N-linked alkyl carboxamide substituted with halogen.
Figure imgf000003_0001
In this first embodiment the variables, e.g. Ri to R9, Yls Y2, Z, n, and X5 to X9 carry the following definitions.
Ri is one substituent chosen from (i), (ii), and (iii).
(i) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, amino, -CONH2, Ci-Cehaloalkyl, and -Cehaloalkoxy.
(ii) is C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -(CH2)2-4C(0)Rn, .(CH2)o-4G(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR11,
-(CH2)o.4OC(0)Rn, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o.4SC(S)R„,-(CH2)o.4OC(0)NR„R12,
-(CH2)o.4N(Rn)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o-4N(Rn)C(0)NR12Ri3, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)OC(0)R12, -(CH2)0_4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0-4S(O)aR„, -(CH2V4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„RI2, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12,
-(CH2)0-4S(O)2ONRn, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2NR„, -N(Rn)C(S)R12, -C(S)NRn, -C(S)SR„,
-(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„,
(CH^o^NCd-Csalkyl CiOXd-Csalkyl), -(CH2)0.4C(O)NRnR12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle),
-O(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), wherein a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2; b is independently chosen from 1 and 2; and m is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2. Rn, Ri2, and Ri3 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and a Ci-C8aliphatic group. Each of (ii) is optionally substituted on any carbon available for substitution with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
(iii) is CrC8alkyl or Ci-C8alkoxy, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-C]-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C C2haloalkoxy.
R2 is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (iv) and (v):
(iv) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, -CONH2, CrC6haloalkyl, and
Ci-C6haloalkoxy.
(v) is CrC8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl, C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4 R„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SRn, -(CH2)0.4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0. 4OC(0)NR„R12, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o.4N(Rn)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0.4S(O)aR„, -(CH2)0 N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)o-4S(0)bNR„R12, -(CH2)o.4N(R11)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2ONR11, -(CH^OS^NRn, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2y4S(0)2OR„, -(CH2V4OS(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4NR„C(0)R12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)NRnR12, -(CH2)o.4NR„C(0)R12, -NHC(0)(CrC6haloalkyl), -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle),
-0(CH2)o_4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o.4 (heterocycle). Each of (v) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, C]-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio,
Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
Yi is NR3, O, or S.
Y2 is N or CR4.
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, -Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or t is
Ci-C8alkyl, C]-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-C]-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and
di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, C]-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), C(0)NH, or QRsXRe').
R5 is hydrogen or R5 is Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
Re is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, C]-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or Re is
C]-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and
di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, C]-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
R6' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4 alkoxy.
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
R7 and Rs are independently chosen at each occurrence. R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C^aloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R7 is
Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, CrC6alkyl, C]-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C]-C2haloalkoxy.
R8 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy.
R7 and R8 covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to -membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
Figure imgf000005_0001
Ri6 is hydrogen or Ci-C alkyl.
X5 is CH or N; X6 is CH or N; X7 is CH or N; X8 is CH or N; and X9 is CH or N. Not more than 3 of X5, Xe, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and not more than 2 adjacent X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are N.
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy.
(vii) Ci-Cgalkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)o.4C(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4NRnR12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)0-4 OC(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)RU, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(O)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0.4S(O)aR„,
-(CH2)0.4N(Rn)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNRnR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0 S(O)2ONR„, -(CH2)0.4OS(O)2NR„, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2V4N(Ru)C(S)NR12Ri3,
-(CH2)o.4S(0)2OR„, -(CH2)0.4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)o.4C(0)NR„R12,
-(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -O(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -0(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0.4(heterocycle).
Each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, C]-C6alkylester, C]-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and any two R9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vii).
Alternatively in a first embodiment Ri carries the following definition:
Ri is one substituent chosen from (i), (ii), and (iii)
(i) halogen, hydroxy 1, azido, amino, -CONH2, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and C C6haloalkoxy; and
(ii) C2-C8alkenyl, C2-C8alkynyl, -(CH2)2-4C(0)R„, -(CH2)MC(S)R„, -(CH2)1-4NRnR12,
-(CH2)o.4C(0)OR„, -(CH2)o.4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR11, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)N RnR12, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o-4N(Rn)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)o-4C(0)SR„, -(CH2)1-4SR„, -(CH2)0.4S(O)R„, -(CH2)1-4S(0)2R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„) R12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNRuR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0.4S(O)2ONR„, -(CH2)0.4OS(O)2NR„, -N(R„)C(S)R12,-C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4N(Rn)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)R„, -(CH^o-^d-Csalkyl C^ C-Csalkyl), -(CH2)o-4C(0)NRuRi2,
-(CH2)o- (carbocycle), -0(CH2)0-4(carbocycle),S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle),
where b is independently chosen from 1 and 2; and m is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2.
In a second, third, fourth, and sixth embodiment the disclosure includes compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula (Π).
Figure imgf000006_0001
(II)
In Formula (Π) each of Xl5 X2, X3 and X is independently selected from CH and N; and the variables Y Y2, Z, R3 to R9, Yh Y2, Z, Q, n, and X5 to X9 carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (I). Unlike Formula (I), Formula (E) does not contain R2 and the variable Ri is defined as follows:
R\ is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii):
(i) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and C)-C6haloalkoxy.
(ii) is Q-Qalkyl, C2-C8alkenyl, C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0-4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)ORn, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)Rn, -(CH2)0.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4SC(S)RU, -(CH2)0-4OC(O) R„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(CH2)0.4N(Rn)C(O)NR12R13,
-(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)o.4C(0)SR„, -(CH2)0.4S(O)aR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)NR12R13,
-(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NR„,
-N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NRU, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(0)NR„R12, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(O)R12, -(CH2)0.4(carbocycle),
-0(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0- (heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle).
In (ii), a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, and m is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2. Rn, Ri2, and Ri3 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and Ci-C8aliphatic group. In this embodiment each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Q-Cgalkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
In the second embodiment the 6-membered aryl or heteroaryl group in Formula (Π) is a heteroaryl group containing at least one nitrogen atom (i.e., at least one of Xls X2, X3 and X is N).
In the third embodiment, all variables carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (Π), but there is no requirement that at least one ofX X2, X3 and X4 is N. However in this third embodiment, when Y2 is N; either: (a) Yi is NR3 (where R3 is not hydrogen) or S; or (b) Z is O, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), or QRsXRe')-
In the fourth embodiment either (a) n is 1 and R7 is other than hydrogen; or (b) n is 2, 3, or 4. In this fourth embodiment all variables carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (II).
In the fifth embodiment (Formula ΠΙ) at least one of X5, X6, X7, X8, or X9 is N. Otherwise all variables carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (II).
The disclosure includes a fifth embodiment directed to compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula (ΙΠ) in which Q in Formula (Π) is replaced by a -NHC(O)- "reverse amide" group. In this embodiment when n is 1; Z is S, S(O), S(0)2, or C(R6)(R6')- Otherwise, all variables in for Formula (Π).
Figure imgf000007_0001
(III).
The disclosure includes a sixth embodiment directed to compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula (Π) in which at least one of X5, X6, Χγ, Xs, and X9 is a nitrogen atom.
Otherwise, all variables carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (Π).
This disclosure includes a seventh embodiment directed to compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula (IV). The phenyl ring in Formula (IV) is substituted with at least one substituent that is not halogen, C]-C6alkyl, C!-C6alkoxy, aryloxy, Ci-C6haloalkyl, cyano, nhro, or alkylthio, or in which any two Rio bound to adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form a carbocyclic ring.
Figure imgf000008_0001
(IV)
In Formula (IV) all variables except R9 and Rio carry the definitions set forth above for Formula (II). R9 and Rio are defined as follows:
R9 is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) is halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-Cehaloalkyl, and Ci-Cehaloalkoxy.
(vii) is Ci-C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)o.4C(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)o.4NR„R12, -(CH2)o-4C(0)OR„, -(CH2)o.4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4SC(S)Rn, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)NR„Ri2,
-(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(CH2V4N(R„)C(0)NRi2Ri3, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)o.4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNRuR,2, -(CH2)0-4N(Ri1)S(O)bRi2,
-(CH2)o.4S(0)2ONR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2 Rn, -N(R„)C(S)Ri2, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„,
-(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(S) R12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0.4OS(O)R„, -(CH2y4N(R„)C(0)(Ri2), -(CH2)0.4C(O)NR„Ri2, -(CH2)o_ (carbocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0. (heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle).
Each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C]-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alko y, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Cj-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
Rio is at least 1 substituent chosen from (viii), (ix), and (x):
(viii) is hydroxyl, azido, amino, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
(ix) is CrCgalkenyl, C2-C8alkynyl, -(CH2)0.4Rn, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)o.4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4OC(O) R„R12,
-(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(CH2)0-4N(Rii)C(O)NRi2R13, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)OC(0)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SRu, -(CH2)o.4S(0)bR„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)S(O)bR12,
-(CH2)0.4S(O)2ONR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2NR„, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„,
-(CH2)0.4N(Ri,)C(S)NRi2Ri3, -(CH2)0.4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0.4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)NR„R12,
-(CH2)0-4NRi iC(0)R12, -(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -0(CH2)o_4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle).
In an embodiment (ix) has the following definition (ix) C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)o-4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4NRUR12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)0. 4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SRn, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)o-4OC(0)NR,iR12,
-(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R11)C(O) R12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O )SRn, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR 12, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2ONR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2NR„, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NRU,
-C(S)SRU, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)N R„Ri2, -(CH2)0-4NRnC(O)R12, -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle),
and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle)each of (ix) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, CrC6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl,
Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Each of (ix) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-C C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
(x) is Ci-Cgalkyl and Ci-Cgalkoxy, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, -COOH, oxo, cyano, amino, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-C1-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, C C2haloalkyl, and
C i -C2haloalkoxy .
In addition, any two Rio bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to one another to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic ring that is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
The disclosure includes an eighth embodiment directed to compounds and pharmaceutically
.
Figure imgf000009_0001
(V).
Within Formula (V) all variables carry the definitions set forth above in the description of Formula (Π).
The disclosure also includes pharmaceutical compositions and solid dosage forms containing a compound of any one of Formulae (I), (Π), (III), (IV), or (V) together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The disclosure further includes a method of treating a bacterial infection in a patient, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulae (I) to (V) to a patient in need of such treatment. The compound of Formulae (I) to (V) may be administered as the only active agent or may be administered together with one or more additional active agents.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
CHEMICAL DESCRIPTION AND TERMINOLOGY
Compounds are described using standard nomenclature. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Unless clearly contraindicated by the context each compound name includes the free acid or free base form of the compound as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound.
The term "Formula (I)" encompasses all compounds that satisfy Formula (I), including any enantiomers, racemates and stereoisomers, as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds. "Formula (I)" includes all subgeneric groups of Formula (I) unless clearly contraindicated by the context in which this phrase is used.
The terms "a" and "an" do not denote a limitation of quantity, but rather denote the presence of at least one of the referenced item. The term "or" means "and/or". The open-ended transitional phrase "comprising" encompasses the intermediate transitional phrase "consisting essentially of and the close-ended phrase "consisting of." Claims reciting one of these three transitional phrases, or with an alternate transitional phrase such as "containing" or "including" can be written with any other transitional phrase unless clearly precluded by the context or art. Recitation of ranges of values are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. The endpoints of all ranges are included within the range and independently combinable. All methods described herein can be performed in a suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as"), is intended merely to better illustrate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention as used herein. Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
Compounds of Formula (I) include all compounds of Formula (I) having isotopic substitutions at any position. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example, and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include nC, I3C, and 14C. An "active agent" means a compound (including a compound disclosed herein), element, or mixture that when administered to a patient, alone or in combination with another compound, element, or mixture, confers, directly or indirectly, a physiological effect on the patient. The indirect physiological effect may occur via a metabolite or other indirect mechanism.
A dash ("-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, -(C=0)NH2 is attached through carbon of the keto (C=0) group.
An "aliphatic group" is a hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms in which the carbon atoms are covalently bound in single, double or triple covalent bonds in straight chains, branched chains, or non-aromatic rings. Aliphatic groups may be substituted.
"Alkyl" is a branched or straight chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, having the specified number of carbon atoms, generally from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms. The term Ci-C6alkyl as used herein indicates an alkyl group having from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms. Other embodiments include alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 1 to 4 carbon atoms or 1 or 2 carbon atoms, e.g. Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C4alkyl, and Ci-C2alkyl. When C0-Cn alkyl is used herein in conjunction with another group, for example, (C3.C7cycloalkyl)Co-C4 alkyl, the indicated group, in this case cycloalkyl, is either directly bound by a single covalent bond (C0alkyl), or attached by an alkyl chain having the specified number of carbon atoms, in this case 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 3-methylbutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and sec-pentyl.
"Alkenyl" is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds that may occur at any stable point along the chain, having the specified number of carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl include, but are not limited to, ethenyl and propenyl.
"Alkynyl" is a branched or straight chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that may occur at any stable point along the chain, having the specified number of carbon atoms. Examples of alkynyl include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl.
"Allenyl" is an alkenyl group having two consecutive double bonds, i.e., a group of
formula -C=C=CH2.
"Alkoxy" is an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms covalently bound to the group it substitutes by an oxygen bridge (-0-). Examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, 2-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3- pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3- methylpentoxy.
"Alkylthio" indicates an alkyl group as defined above attached through a sulfur linkage, i.e. a group of the formula alkyl-S-. Examples include ethylthio and pentylthio. "Alkanoyl" is an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms covalently bound to the group is substitutes through a carbonyl (C=0) bridge. The carbonyl carbon is included in the number of carbons, that is C2alkanoyl is a CH3(C=0)- group.
"Alkylester" is an alkyl group as defined herein covalently bound to the group it substitutes by an ester linkage. The ester linkage may be in either orientation, e.g., a group of the formula -0(C=0)alkyl or a group of the formula -(C=0)0-alkyl.
"Aryl" indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings. Typical aryl groups contain 1 to 3 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 18 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members. When indicated, such aryl groups may be further substituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups. Such substitution may include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, 0, and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl group. Aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, including 1- naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, and bi-phenyl.
A "carbocyclic group" or a "carbocycle" is a monocyclic or bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring system in which all ring atoms are carbon. Usually each ring of the carbocyclic group contains from 4-6 ring atoms and a bicyclic carbocyclic group contains from 7 to 10 ring atoms but some other number of ring atoms may be specified. Unless otherwise indicated, the carbocyclic group may be attached to the group it substitutes at any carbon atom that results in a stable structure. When indicated the carbocyclic rings described herein may be substituted at any carbon atom if the resulting compound is stable. Examples of carbocycles include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclohexenyl.
"Cycloalkyl" is a saturated hydrocarbon ring group, having the specified number of carbon atoms. Monocyclic cycloalkyl groups typically have from 3 to about 8 carbon ring atoms or from 3 to 7 (3, 4, 5, 6, or 7) carbon ring atoms. Cycloalkyl substituents may be pendant from a substituted nitrogen, oxygen, or carbon atom, or a substituted carbon atom that may have two substituents may have a cycloalkyl group, which is attached as a spiro group. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
"Halo" or "halogen" indicates any of fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
"Haloalkyl" indicates both branched and straight-chain alkyl groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen atoms, up to the maximum allowable number of halogen atoms. Examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, and penta-fluoroethyl.
"Haloalkoxy" indicates a haloalkyl group as defined herein attached through an oxygen bridge (oxygen of an alcohol radical). The term "heterocyclic group" or "heterocycle" indicates a monocyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring containing from 1 to about 4 heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon, or a bicyclic saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic ring system containing at least 1 heteroatom in the two ring system chosen from N, O, and S and containing up to about 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S in each ring of the two ring system. Usually each ring of the heterocyclic group contains from 4-6 ring atoms but some other number of ring atoms may be specified. Unless otherwise indicated, the heterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure. When indicated the heterocyclic rings described herein may be substituted on carbon, sulfur, or nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. It is preferred that the total number of heteroatoms in a heterocyclic groups is not more than 4 and that the total number of S and O atoms in a heterocyclic group is not more than 2, more preferably not more than 1. Examples of heterocyclic groups include, pyridyl, indolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, benz[b]thiophenyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, thienyl, isoindolyl, dihydroisoindolyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinoline, pyrazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl. In certain embodiments a heterocyclic group is chosen from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, and pyrrolyl.
Additional examples heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, phthalazinyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisoxolyl, dihydro-benzodioxinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolopyridinyl, imidazopyridinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, carbazolyl, beta-carbolinyl, isochromanyl, chromanonyl, chromanyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl, isobenzotetrahydrothienyl,
isobenzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, pyridopyridinyl, benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, purinyl, benzodioxolyl, triazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenothiazinyl, 5 pteridinyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl, dihydrobenzisoxazinyl, benzisoxazinyl, benzoxazinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiopyranyl, coumarinyl, isocoumarinyl, chromanyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, dihydroquinolinonyl, dihydroisoquinolinonyl, dihydrocoumarinyl,
dihydroisocoumarinyl, isoindolinonyl, benzodioxanyl, benzoxazolinonyl, pyrrolyl N-oxide, pyrimidinyl N-oxide, pyridazinyl N-oxide, pyrazinyl N-oxide, quinolinyl N-oxide, indolyl N-oxide, indolinyl N oxide, isoquinolyl N-oxide, quinazolinyl N-oxide, quinoxalinyl N-oxide, phthalazinyl N-oxide, imidazolyl N-oxide, isoxazolyl N-oxide, oxazolyl N- oxide, thiazolyl N-oxide, indolizinyl N oxide, indazolyl N-oxide, benzothiazolyl N-oxide, benzimidazolyl N-oxide, pyrrolyl N-oxide, oxadiazolyl N-oxide, thiadiazolyl N-oxide, tetrazolyl N- oxide, benzothiopyranyl S-oxide, and benzothiopyranyl S,S-dioxide. "Heteroaryl" is a stable monocyclic aromatic ring having the indicated number of ring atoms which contains from 1 to 3, or in some embodiments from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon, or a stable bicyclic or tricyclic system containing at least one 5- to 7-membered aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or in some embodiments from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon. Monocyclic heteroaryl groups typically have from 5 to 7 ring atoms. In some embodiments bicyclic heteroaryl groups are 9- to 10-membered heteroaryl groups, that is, groups containing 9 or 10 ring atoms in which one 5- to 7-member aromatic ring is fused to a second aromatic or non-aromatic ring. When the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2. It is particularly preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienylpyrazolyl, thiophenyl, triazolyl, benzo[i |oxazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl, dihydrobenzodioxynyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, and isoxazolyl.
"Heterocycloalkyl" is a saturated ring group, having 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, S, and O, with remaining ring atoms being carbon. Monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups typically have from 3 to about 8 ring atoms or from 4 to 6 ring atoms. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolinyl.
The term "mono- and/ or di-alkylamino" indicates secondary or tertiary alkyl amino groups, wherein the alkyl groups are independently chosen alkyl groups, as defined herein, having the indicated number of carbon atoms. The point of attachment of the alkylamino group is on the nitrogen. Examples of mono- and di-alkylamino groups include ethylamino, dimethylamino, and methyl-propyl-amino.
"Mono- and/or di-alkylcarbamate" includes mono-alkylcarbamate radical of formula
(alkyl!)0(C=0)NH- or a dialkylcarbamate radical of the formula (alkyli)0(C=0)N(alkyl2)- in which the point of attachment of the mono- or dialkylcarbamate substituent to the molecule it substitutes is on the nitrogen of the carbamate amino. The term "mono and/ or di-alkylcarbamate" also includes groups of the formula
Figure imgf000014_0001
and (alkyl! )N(alkyl2)(C=0)0- in which the carbamate is covalently bound to the group it substitutes by its non-keto oxygen atom. The groups alkyli and alkyl2 are independently chosen alkyl groups, carrying the alkyl definition set forth in this disclosure and having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
The term "substituted", as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valence is not exceeded. When the substituent is oxo (i.e., =0) then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. When an oxo group substitutes aromatic moieties, the corresponding partially unsaturated ring replaces the aromatic ring. For example a pyridyl group substituted by oxo is a pyridone. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds or useful synthetic intermediates. A stable compound or stable structure is meant to imply a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation from a reaction mixture, and subsequent formulation into an effective therapeutic agent. Unless otherwise specified substituents are named into the core structure. For example, it is to be understood that when aminoalkyl is means the point of attachment of this substituent to the core structure is in the alkyl portion and when alkylamino means the point of attachment is a bond to the nitrogen of the amino group.
Suitable groups that may be present on a "substituted" or "optionally substituted" position include, but are not limited to, e.g., halogen; cyano; hydroxyl; nitro; azido; alkanoyl (such as a C2-C6 alkanoyl group); carboxamide; alkyl groups (including cycloalkyl groups) having 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkenyl and alkynyl groups including groups having one or more unsaturated linkages and from 2 to about 8, or 2 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkoxy groups having one or more oxygen linkages and from 1 to about 8, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryloxy such as phenoxy; alkylthio groups including those having one or more thioether linkages and from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfinyl groups including those having one or more sulfinyl linkages and from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; alkylsulfonyl groups including those having one or more sulfonyl linkages and from 1 to about 8 carbon atoms, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aminoalkyl groups including groups having one or more N atoms and from 1 to about 8, or from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms; aryl having 6 or more carbons and one or more rings, (e.g., phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, or the like, each ring either substituted or unsubstituted aromatic); arylalkyl having 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 ring carbon atoms, with benzyl being an exemplary arylalkyl group; arylalkoxy having 1 to 3 separate or fused rings and from 6 to about 18 ring carbon atoms, with benzyloxy being an exemplary arylalkoxy group; or a saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 separate or fused rings with 3 to about 8 members per ring and one or more N, O or S atoms, e.g. coumarinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, triazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, and pyrrolidinyl. Such heterocyclic groups may be further substituted, e.g. with hydroxy, alkyl, alkoxy, halogen and amino. In certain embodiments "optionally substituted" includes one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, -CHO, -COOH, -CONH2, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, C2-C6alkanoyl, Ci-C6alkylester, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Q-Cihaloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy. A "dosage form" means a unit of administration of an active agent. Examples of dosage forms include tablets, capsules, injections, suspensions, liquids, emulsions, creams, ointments, suppositories, inhalable forms, transdermal forms, and the like.
"Pharmaceutical compositions" are compositions comprising at least one active agent, such as a compound or salt of Formula I, and at least one other substance, such as a carrier. Pharmaceutical compositions optional contain one or more additional active agents. When specified, pharmaceutical compositions meet the U.S. FDA's GMP (good manufacturing practice) standards for human or non-human drugs. "Pharmaceutical combinations" are combinations of at least two active agents which may be combined in a single dosage form or provided together in separate dosage forms with instructions that the active agents are to be used together to treat a disorder, such as a Gram-negative bacterial infection.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" includes derivatives of the disclosed compounds in which the parent compound is modified by making inorganic and organic, non-toxic, acid or base addition salts thereof. The salts of the present compounds can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid. Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two. Generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred, where practicable. Salts of the present compounds further include solvates of the compounds and of the compound salts.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts and the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, conventional non-toxic acid salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, mesylic, esylic, besylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, HOOC-(CH2)n-COOH where n is 0-4, and the like. Lists of additional suitable salts may be found, e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., p. 1418 (1985). The term "carrier" applied to pharmaceutical compositions/combinations of the invention refers to a diluent, excipient, or vehicle with which an active compound is provided.
A "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" means an excipient that is useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition/ combination that is generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and includes an excipient that is acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. A "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" as used in the present application includes both one and more than one such excipient.
A "patient" is a human or non-human animal in need of medical treatment. Medical treatment can include treatment of an existing condition, such as a disease or disorder, prophylactic or preventative treatment, or diagnostic treatment. In some embodiments the patient is a human patient.
"Providing" means giving, administering, selling, distributing, transferring (for profit or not), manufacturing, compounding, or dispensing.
"Treatment," as used herein includes providing a compound of this disclosure such as a compound of any of Formulae (I)-(VIII), either as the only active agent or together with at least one additional active agent sufficient to: (a) inhibiting the disease, i.e. arresting its development; and (b) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease and in the case of a bacterial infection to eliminate the infection in the patient. "Treating" and "treatment" also means providing a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention as the only active agent or together with at least one additional active agent to a patient having or susceptible to a bacterial infection. "Prophylactic treatment" includes administering an amount of a compound of the disclosure sufficient to significantly reduce the likelihood of a disease from occurring in a patient who may be predisposed to the disease but who does not have it.
A "therapeutically effective amount" of a pharmaceutical composition/ combination of this invention means an amount effective, when administered to a patient, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as an amelioration of symptoms, e.g., an amount effective to decrease the symptoms of a bacterial infection and/ or effect a cure. In certain circumstances a patient suffering from a microbial infection may not present symptoms of being infected. Thus a therapeutically effective amount of a compound is also an amount sufficient to significantly reduce the detectable level of microorganism in the patient's blood, serum, other bodily fluids, or tissues. The disclosure also includes, in certain embodiments, using compounds of the disclosure in prophylactic treatment and therapeutic treatment. In the context of prophylactic or preventative treatment a "therapeutically effective amount" is an amount sufficient to significantly decrease the treated patient's risk of contracting a bacterial infection. For example, prophylactic treatment may be administered when a subject will knowingly be exposed to infectious microbes. A significant reduction is any detectable negative change that is statistically significant in a standard parametric test of statistical significance such as Student's T-test, where p < 0.05.
CHEMICAL DESCRIPTION
Formulae (I) - (VIII) include all subformulae thereof. In certain situations, the compounds of any of Formulae (I)- (VIII) may contain one or more asymmetric elements such as stereogenic centers, stereogenic axes and the like, e.g. asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms. These compounds can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms. For compounds with two or more asymmetric elements, these compounds can additionally be mixtures of diastereomers. For compounds having asymmetric centers, it should be understood that all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed. In addition, compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E-forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included in the present disclosure. In these situations, single enantiomers, i.e., optically active forms, can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis, synthesis from optically pure precursors, or by resolution of the racemates.
Resolution of the racemates can also be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example using a chiral HPLC column.
Where a compound exists in various tautomeric forms, the invention is not limited to any one of the specific tautomers, but rather includes all tautomeric forms.
Certain compounds are described herein using a general formula that includes variables, e.g. Ri- R9. Unless otherwise specified, each variable within such a formula is defined independently of other variables. Thus, if a group is said to be substituted, e.g. with 0-2 R*, then the group may be substituted with up to two R* groups and R* at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R*. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
The disclosure includes method of treating a bacterial infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of Formula (VI)
Figure imgf000018_0001
In Formula (VI) in this method of treatment the variables Ria R^, R%, and R9a have the following values.
Each of Rja and Rlb is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, -OCHF2, and CF3, wherein at least one of Ria or R^ is other than hydrogen; Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
Z is selected from CH2, NH and S;
R9a is selected from halogen, cyano, -OCH3, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl; and R9b is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
When R9a is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl, R9b is hydrogen, Z is S and Yi is NH, then at least one of Ria and R^ is other than hydrogen or cyano .
The disclosure includes a method of treating a bacterial infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of Formula (VI) in which the variables have the following values.
Ria is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano.
Rib is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF2, CF3.
R9a is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy.
The disclosure also includes a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (VI) in which the variables carry the following definitions.
Each of Ria and R^ is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, -OCHF2, and CF3, wherein at least one of ]a or R^ is other than hydrogen.
Yi is selected from NH, O and S.
Z is selected from CH2, NH and S.
R9a is selected from halogen, CN, -OCH3, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl; and R9b is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
When R9a is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl, R9b is hydrogen, Z is S and Yi is NH, then at least one of Ria and R¾ is other than hydrogen or cyano.
Wherein the compound is other than
Figure imgf000020_0001
In an embodiment the disclosure includes compounds and salts of Fomula (VI) in which the variables have the following values.
Ria is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano.
Rib is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF2,and CF3.
R9a is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy.
The disclosure also includes compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of Formula (VII)
Figure imgf000020_0002
(VII).
In Formula (VII) the variables have the following definitions.
each of Ria and R^ is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, cyano, -OCHF2, and CF3, wherein at least one of Rja or R^ is other than hydrogen;
Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
Z is selected from CH2, NH and S;
Ri9a is selected from CN, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted
pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl; and
R% is selected from hydrogen and halogen.
When Ri9a is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl, R19b is hydrogen, Z is S and Yi is NH, then at least one of Ria and R^ is other than hydrogen or cyano. Wherein the compound of Formula (VII) is other than
Figure imgf000021_0001
In some embodiments the disclosure includes a compound or salt of Formula (VII) in which the following conditions are met.
Ria is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano;
Rib is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, QCHF2, and CF3.
Ri9a is selected from cyano, -OCH3, pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 5-methylpyridin- 3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2- yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy.
In still other embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of Formula VIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula VIII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and a method of treating a bacterial infection in a subject comprising administering to the subject a compound of Formula VIII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula VHI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. has the structure:
Figure imgf000021_0002
wherein: each of R20 and R2i is independently selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCHF2, and CF3, wherein at least one of R2o or R2i is other than hydrogen;
R22 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and
CHF2
Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
Z is selected from CH2, NH and S;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and CHF2
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl;
each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; and
R9b, if present, is selected from bromo, chloro and fluoro, wherein:
when R24 is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl, Z is S and Yi is NH, then each of R20 and R2i is other than hydrogen or cyano.
In certain embodiments of Formula VIII:
R% is absent or chloro;
R2o is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF2, CF3;
R2i is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano;
R22 is selected from hydrogen and -OCH3;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, hydroxy, methyl, -OCH3;
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy; and
each R25 is hydrogen.
In other embodiments of Formula VIII, the compound is other than
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
In still other embodiments of Formula VIII:
when R24 is chloro, fluoro, bromo, or -OCH3, R22 is hydrogen, and Z is S, neither of R20 or R2i is chloro, fluoro, or bromo; and
Figure imgf000023_0002
In certain embodiments of Formula VIII, Z is S.
In certain embodiments of Formula VIII, Z is NH or CH2.
METHODS OF TREATMENT
The disclosure includes a method of treating a bacterial infection in a patient by administering an effective amount of one or more compounds of the disclosure to a patient at risk for a bacterial infection or suffering from a microorganism infection. Treatment of human patients is particularly contemplated. However, treatment of non-human patients is within the scope of the disclosure. The disclosure includes treatment or prevention of microbial infections in fish, amphibians, reptiles or birds, but a preferred embodiment of the disclosure includes treating mammals.
In some embodiments, the bacterial infection or antibiotic-tolerant infection is caused by a Gram-negative bacterium.
In an embodiment of any of the methods of this disclosure, the microbial infection is the result of a pathogenic bacterial infection. Examples of pathogenic bacteria include, without limitation, bacteria within the genera Aerobacter, Aeromonas, Acinetobacter, Agrobacterium, Bacillus, Bacteroides, Bartonella, Bordetella, Brucella, Burkholderia Calymmatobacterium, Campylobacter, Citrobacter, Clostridium, Corynebacterium, Enterobacter, Enterococcus, Escherichia, Francisella, Haemophilus, Hafiiia, Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Legionella, Listeria, Morganella, Moraxella, Proteus, Providencia, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, Serratia, Shigella, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Treponema, Xanthomonas, Vibrio, and Yersinia. Specific examples of such bacteria include Vibrio harveyi, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahemolyticus, Vibrio alginolyticus, Pseudomonas phosphoreum, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Yersinia enterocolitica, Escherichia coli, Salmonella typhimurium, Haemophilus influenzae, Helicobacter pylori, Bacillus subtilis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Neisseria meningitidis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Yersinia pestis, Campylobacter jejuni, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Enterococcus faecalis, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Acinetobacter baumannii, Staphylococcus epidermidis, and Staphylococcus aureus.
In some embodiments, the gram-negative bacterium is a Pseudomonas, e.g., P. aeruginosa.
In some embodiments, the gram-negative bacterium is Burkholderia species.
In some embodiments, the gram-negative bacterium is Acinetobacter, e.g., A. baumannii.
In some embodiments, the gram-negative bacterium is an Enterobacteriaceae, e.g., Klebsiella pneumonia, e.g., Escherichia coli, e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, e.g., Serratia marcescens, e.g., Salmonella typhimurium, e.g., Shigella dysenteriae, e.g., Proteus mirabilis, e.g., Citrobacter freundii, e.g., Yersinia pestis.
In some embodiments, the infection is a polymicrobial infection, e.g., an infection comprising more than one organism. In some embodiments, the infection comprises at least one of the organisms listed above, e.g., one or more of Pseudomonas, e.g., P aeruginosa, Kelbsiella, e.g., Klebsiella pneumoniae, and/or Acinetobacter, e.g., A. baumannii.
In some embodiments, the methods further include administering an additional active agent in combination with a compound of the disclosure, such as an antibiotic selected from the group consisting of: penicillins, cephalosporins, carbacephems, cephamycins, carbapenems, monobactams, quinolones, tetracyclines, aminoglycosides, macrolides, glycopeptides, chloramphenicols, glycylcyclines, lincosamides, lipopeptides, oxazolidinones and fluoroquinolones. In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is an upper respiratory tract infection, pneumonia, a systemic infection, sepsis and septic shock, a urinary tract infection, a gastrointestinal infection, endocarditis, a bone infection, or an infection of the skin and soft tissue.
In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal, e.g., a human or non-human mammal. In some embodiments, the methods include treating one or more cells, e.g., cells in a culture dish.
In one aspect, the present disclosure features a method of treating a Gram-negative infection in a subject, the method comprising administering to said subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein.
In some embodiments, the Gram-negative infection is caused by Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
In other embodiments the disclosure includes treating an infection caused by gram positive bacteria, such as Staphylococcus epidermidis and Staphylococcus aureus.
In some embodiments, the subject is a trauma patient or a burn patient suffering from a burn or skin wound.
In a further aspect, the present disclosure features a method of reducing bacterial tolerance in a subject, the method comprising administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein.
In some embodiments, the method further includes identifying said subject suffering from a bacteria tolerant infection.
Dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, and about 1 mg to about 20 mg per kg body weight, and about 1 mg to 10 mg per kg body weight, and about 4 mg per kg body weight are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions (about 10 mg to about 7 g per patient per day). In certain embodiments about 100 mg to about 5 g of an active agent of this disclosure will be administered per day. In other embodiments about 200 mg to about 3 g, or about 500 mg to about 2 g of active agent will be administered per day. Dosing schedules in which a compound of the disclosure is administered less than once per day are also included in the disclosure. For example controlled release dosage form in which the compound is administered once every 48 hours, twice weekly, or once weekly are also within the scope of the disclosure. The amount of active agent that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms will generally contain between from about 50 mg to about 1 g of an active ingredient.
In certain embodiments a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the disclosure is an amount sufficient to maintain in a patient a serum concentration that is above the minimal inhibitory concentration (MIC) against the bacterium with which the patient is infected until the next dosing of the compound. For example a therapeutically effective amount may be an amount that maintains in a patient a serum concentration of the compound of 0.1 micromolar to 10 micromolar until the next dosing of the compound.
Frequency of dosage may also vary depending on the compound used, the particular disease treated and MIC of the bacteria causing the disease. However, for treatment of most infectious disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily or less is preferred and a dosage regimen of 1 or 2 times daily is particularly preferred.
It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
EXAMPLES ABBREVIATIONS
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000026_0002
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TLC Thin layer chromatography
Figure imgf000027_0001
GENERAL METHODS
The compounds of and useful in the invention can be prepared according to one or more of the General Schemes 1, 2, 3 and 4:
General Scheme 1
Figure imgf000027_0002
General Scheme 2
Figure imgf000027_0003
General Scheme 3
1. cou lin
General Scheme 4
Figure imgf000027_0004
General Scheme 5
Figure imgf000027_0005
General Scheme 6
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein:
L is a leaving group;
Zi is S, O, or NH;
Z2 is S, O, NH2, or CH2;
Y is O or S;
P is an optional protecting group known in the art, or an N-substituent, such as an alkyl, that is present in a final product; and
R1, R2, R7, R8, R9, R16, X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9.are as defined herein for any of Formulae I-VIII set forth herein.
Other compounds of the invention can be synthesized by methods related to those described above, known in the art, or otherwise exemplified below.
BIOLOGICAL METHODS
Experiments were performed to identify compounds that inhibit the MvfR regulon without altering growth, ultimately attenuating infection. MvfR is a LysR-type transcriptional regulator that directs 4-hydroxy-2-alkylquinolines (HAQs) synthesis, including that of its ligands,
4-hydroxy-2-heptylquinoline (HHQ) and 3,4-dihydroxy-2-heptylquinoline (PQS). MvfR regulates the production of many virulence factors including pyocyanin, one of the many toxins secreted by
Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Both MvfR and PQS have been demonstrated as essential for pathogenesis in several host models.
MvfR promotes the production of HAQs by binding to and activating the pqs operon, which encodes enzymes for HAQ synthesis. Anthranilic acid (AA), derived from the phnAB, kynABU, and trpEG pathways, is the precursor for HAQs. Pqs A encodes an anthranilate-coenzyme A ligase, which activates anthranilic acid and catalyzes the first committed step to HAQ production. The exact roles of PqsB and PqsC are unknown, though both show homology to acyl-carrier-proteins and both are required for HHQ and PQS production. PqsD is a condensing enzyme that along with PqsA has been shown to be necessary and sufficient for the production of 2,4-dihydroxyquinoline (DHQ), a molecule whose biological role has yet to be determined. The final gene of the operon, PqsE encodes for a putative hydrolase, and while the protein is not required for the synthesis of HAQs, it is necessary for pyocyanin production. Inhibition of Pyocyanin production is correlated with reduced P. aeruginosa infectivity. HHQ and PQS inhibition is also correlated with reduced P. aeruginosa infectivity. PQS inhibition is correlated with reduced infectivity of other bacterial pathogens as PQS is known to affect oxygen consumption and cell to cell communication of other Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria (Toyofuku, M. et al., Microbes Environ. (2010) 25(1): 1-7).
EXAMPLE 1 . SYNTHESIS OF
-(4-PHEN0XYPHENYL)-2-((5-(TRIFLU0R0METHYL)-1H-BENZ0[D]IMIDAZ0L-2-YL)THI0)ACETAMIDE
Figure imgf000029_0001
Chloroacetyl chloride (1.6 ml) in 20 ml of methylene chloride is added to 3.55 g of
4-phenoxyaniline in 40 ml of methylene chloride containing 2.9 ml of triethylamine. After two hours at room temperature, the mixture is extracted with water to yield 2.74 g of
N-(4-phenoxy)-2-chloro-acetamide.
To 2.74 g of N-(4-phenoxy)-2-chloro-acetamide in 180 ml of a lM NaOH solution containing 130 ml of methanol and 60 ml of water is added 2.82 g of 6-trifluoromethyl-2-thiobenzimidazole and the mixture is heated at 70 °C for 3 hours. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and hexane and the extract is concentrated under reduced pressure to produce
N-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-2-((6-nitro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)acetamide.
EXAMPLE 2. SYNTHESIS OF 2-((5-CHLOROBENZO[D]THIAZOL-2-YL)AMINO)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3- YLOXY)PHENYL)ACETAMIDE (COMPOUND 71), 2-(5-CHLOROBENZO[D]THIAZOL-2-YLAMINO)-N-(4- CYANOPHENYL)ACETAMIDE (COMPOUND 72) AND 2-((6-CHLOROBENZO[D]THIAZOL-2-YL)AMINO)-N-(4- (PYRIDIN-3-YLOXY)PHENYL)ACETAMIDE (COMPOUND 73).
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000030_0002
Step 1. 5-Chlorobenzo[d]thiazole-2-thiol. To a solution of 2-amino-4-chlorobenzenethiol (5.0 g, 31.3 mmol) in 100 mL of EtOH and 20 mL of H20 were added CS2 (1.9 mL, 31.3 mmol) and KOH (1.76 g, 31.3 mmol). The mixture was refluxed overnight and cooled to r.t., followed by addition of active carbon (5 g).The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hr and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 5-chlorobenzo[d]thiazole-2-thiol (6.3 g, 99% yield) as yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z: 202(M+H)+.
Step 2. 2,5-Dichlorobenzo[d]thiazole. 5-Chloro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole (1 g, 4.96 mmol) was added in portions over 0.5 hour to 10 mL of sulfuryl chloride at r.t. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hr, and then heated to 60°C for 0.5 hr. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t. and added slowly to ice. The mixture was stirred for 0.5 hr and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give 2,5-dichlorobenzo[d]thiazole (0.62 g, 61% yield) as a grey solid. LC-MS: m/z: 204(M+H)+.
Step 3. 3-(4-Nitrophenox )pyridine. To a solution of l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (14.1 g, 0.1 mol) and pyridin-3-ol (12.35 g, 0.13 mol) in DMSO was added K2C03 (20.72 g, 0.15 mol). The reaction mixture was heated at 140°C for 2 hr and cooled down to r.t. The mixture was diluted with water, and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give 3-(4-nitrophenoxy)pyridine (20.7 g, 96% yield) as yellow solid.
Step 4. 4-(Pyridin-3-yloxy) aniline. 3-(4-nitrophenoxy)pyridine (10.2 g, 47.18 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL MeOH, followed by addition of Pd/C powder (10%wt, 1.1 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. under H2 atmosphere overnight and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to afford 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline (17.45 g, 98% yield) as grey solid. LC-MS: m/z: 187 (M+H)+.
Step 5. Tert-butyl 2-oxo-2-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)ethyl carbamate. To a reaction mixture of 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline (1.0 g, 5.37 mmol), 2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)acetic acid (1.13 g, 6.45 mmol), EDCI (1.03 g, 5.37 mmol), HOBT (1.45 g, 10.74 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added TEA (2.2 mL, 16.12 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight, diluted with water, and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give tert-butyl 2-oxo-2-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)ethyl carbamate (1.5 g, 82% yield) as a yellow foam solid. LC-MS: m/z: 344 (M+H)+.
Step 6. 2-Amino-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide. Tert-butyl-2-oxo-2-(4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenylamino)ethyl carbamate (1.05 g, 3.06 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL DCM at 0°C, followed by slow addition of TFA (2.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hr and concentrated. The residue was carefully quenched with S. aq. NaHC(¾ and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated to give 2-amino-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (0.7 g, 94% yield) as yellow oil. LC-MS: m/z: 244 (M+H)+.
Step 7. 2-(5-Chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-ylamino)-N-(4- yridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide. To a solution of 2-amino-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (100 mg, 0.49 mmol) in 2 mL of DMSO was added K2C03 (270 mg, 1.96 mmol), followed by addition of 2,5-dichlorobenzo[d]thiazole (119 mg, 0.49 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90°C for 2 hr and cooled to r.t. The resulting mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give 2-((5-chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2- yl)amino)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (16 mg, 8% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 411 (M+H)+. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.25 (s, 1H), 8.62 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.45 - 8.21 (m, 2H), 7.80 -7.60 (m, 3H), 7.47 - 7.26 (m, 3H), 7.07 (dd, J= 8.7, 3.1 Hz, 3H), 4.26 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compounds using the appropriate starting materials.
2-(5-Chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-ylamino)-N-(4-cyanophenyl)acetamide (Compound 72)
Figure imgf000032_0001
MHZ, DMSO-d6) δ 10.61 (s,
1H), 8.63 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 4H), 7.70 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H).
2-((6-chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)amino)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-ylox )pheny (Compound
Figure imgf000032_0002
. LC-MS: m/z: 411(M+H)+. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.25 (s, 1H), 8.54 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J= 6.3, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 7.83 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.46 - 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.24 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 3. SYNTHESIS OF 2-((5-CHLOROBENZO[D]OXAZOL-2-YL)AMINO)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3-
YLOXY)PHENYL)ACETAMIDE (COMPOUND 74) AND 2-((5-CHL0R0BENZ0[D]0XAZ0L-2-YL)AMIN0)-N-(4-
Figure imgf000032_0003
To a solution of 2-amino-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (129 mg, 0.5 mmol), 2,5- dichlorobenzo[d]oxazole (100 mg, 0.5 mmol) in 2 mL of CHC13 was added TEA (0.3 mL, 2.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 40 °C for 2 hr and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give 2-(5-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-ylamino)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (30 mg, 14% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 395 (M+H)+. lH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.57 (t, J= 6.1 Hz, 1H), 8.41 - 8.26 (m, 2H), 7.66 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 - 7.26 (m, 4H), 7.13 - 6.97 (m, 3H), 4.14 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compound using the appropriate starting materials.
2-((5-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)amino)-N-(4-cyanophenyl)acetamide ( Compound 75)
Figure imgf000033_0001
LC-MS: m/z: 327(M+H)+. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.61 (s,
1H), 8.60 (t, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 4H), 7.41 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 4. 2-((5-CHLORO- 1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL)THIO)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-4- 77-84.
Figure imgf000033_0002
Step 1. 4-(Pyridin-4-yloxy) aniline. To a solution of 4-chloropyridine hydrochloride (1.0 g, 6.67 mmol), 4-aminophenol (0.73 g, 6.67 mmol) in 15 niL of DMSO was added NaOH (0.67 g, 16.67 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 16 hr and cooled to r.t. The resulting mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give 4-(pyridin-4-yloxy)aniline (0.83 g, 67% yield) as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z: 187(M+H)+.
Step 2. 2-(5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)-N-(4-(pyridin-4-yloxy) phenyl) acetamide. 4- (pyridin-4-yloxy)aniline (83 mg, 0.45 mmol) and 7-chlorobenzo[d]thiazolo [3,2-a]imidazol-3(2H)-one (100 mg, 0.45 mmol) were dissolved in dioxane. The reaction mixture was heated to 100°C for 2 hr and cooled to r.t. The resulting mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to afford 2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyridin-4-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (21 mg, 11% yield) as white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 411(M+H)+. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.89 (s, 1H), 10.59 (s, 1H), 8.44 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15 (s, 0.4H), 7.69 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J= 24.1 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 3H), 6.89 (dd, J= 4.8, 1.5 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compounds using the appropriate starting materials.
2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)
(Compound 77)
Figure imgf000034_0001
. LC-MS: m/z: 411(M+H)+. *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 12.87 (s, IH), 10.64 (s, IH) 8.32-8.35 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.37 - 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.15 (d, J= 2 Hz, IH), 7.06 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H) 4.28 (s, 2H).
2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyrazin-2-yloxy)pheny
(Compound 78)
Figure imgf000034_0002
. LC-MS: m/z: 412(M+H)+. H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 12.87 (s, IH), 10.56 (s, IH), 8.52 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.36 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, IH), 8.19 (dd, J= 2.6, 1.4 Hz, IH), 7.64 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.58 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.25 - 7.09 (m, 3H), 4.30 (s, 2H).
2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyrimidin-5-yloxy)p^
(Compound 79)
Figure imgf000034_0003
. LC-MS: m/z: 412(M+H)+. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) 812.87 (s, IH), 10.59 (s, IH), 8.97 (s, IH), 8.58 (s, 2H), 7.65 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (s, IH), 7.45 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.19 - 7.12 (m, 3H), 4.29 (s, 2H).
2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-((6-methylpyridin-^^
(Compound 80)
Figure imgf000034_0004
. LC-MS: m/z: 425 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.85 (s, IH), 10.51 (s, IH), 8.23 - 8.15 (m, IH), 7.61 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.55 - 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dt, J = 21.2, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.01 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H). 2-(5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)-N-(4-(5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl) acetamide
Figure imgf000035_0001
. LC-MS: m/z: 425 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ
12.86 (s, 1H), 10.53 (s, 1H), 8.27 - 8.04 (m, 2H), 7.63 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.57 - 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.21 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H).
2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-((5-methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy)^
Figure imgf000035_0002
. LC-MS: m/z: 425 (M+H)+. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.78 (s, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.68 - 7.30 (m, 5H), 7.15 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H).
2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imia^zol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-((2-chloropyridin-3-yl)oxy)ph^
(Compound 83)
Figure imgf000035_0003
LC-MS: m/z: 445 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 12.87 (s, 1H), 10.55 (s, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J= 4.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.60 - 7.29 (m, 4H), 7.16 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H).
2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-((6-chloropyridin-3-yl)o^
(Compound 84)
Figure imgf000036_0001
NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.86 (s, 1H), 10.55 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (dt, J= 8.8, 5.8 Hz, 4H), 7.29 - 6.97 (m, 3H), 4.29 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 5. SYNTHESIS OF 3-(5-CHLOROBENZO[D]THIAZOL-2-YL)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3-YLOXY)PHENYL)
PROPANAMIDE (COMPOUND 85) AND 3-(6-CHL0R0BENZ0[D]THIAZ0L-2-YL)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3-
YLOXY)PHENYL)PROPANAMIDE (COMPOUND 86).
Figure imgf000036_0002
Figure imgf000036_0003
Step 1. 3-(5-Chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid. To a solution of 2-amino-4- chlorobenzenethiol (1.6 g, 10 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was added dihydrofuran-2,5-dione (1.0 g, 10 mmol) at r.t. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4 hr and then at reflux for another 2 hr. The resulting mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by re- crystallization from absolute EtOH (20 mL) to give 3-(5-chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid (1.6 g, 67%) as white crystals. LC-MS: m/z: 242 (M+H)+
Step 2. 3-(5-ChlorobenzofdJthiazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)propanamide. To a solution of 3-(5-chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid (120 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) were added EDCI (1 15 mg, 0.6 mmol), HOBT (135 mg, 1 mmol), 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline (111 mg, 0.6 mmol) and Et3N (200 mg, 2 mmol) at r.t. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 4 hr until LCMS showed the reaction completed. The resulting mixture was poured into S. aq. NaHC03 (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (2x20 mL). Combined organic layers were washed with S. aq. LiCl (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep. HPLC to give 3-(5- chlorobenzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)propanamide (60 mg, 29%) as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 410 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i/6) δ 10.12 (s, 1H), 8.32-8.34 (m, 2H), 8.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compound using the appropriate starting materials.
4-(pyridin-3-ylox )phenyl)propanamide (Compound 86)
Figure imgf000037_0001
MS: 410 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.43 -
8.25 (m, 3H), 7.91 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (dd, J= 8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J- 1.7 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.53 (t, j = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.01 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 6. SYNTHESIS OF N-(2-((5-CHLORO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL)THIO)ETHYL)-4- (PYRiDiN-3 - YLOXY)BENZAMIDE (COMPOUND 87) AND N-(2-(5-CHLORO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2- YLTHIO)ETHYL)-4-CYANOBENZAMIDE (COMPOUND 88).
Figure imgf000037_0002
Figure imgf000037_0003
Step 1. Methyl 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzoate. To a solution of 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzonitrile (1 g, 5.1 mmol) in MeOH(10 mL) was added H2S04 (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 75°C for 6 hr. The resulting mixture was diluted with S. aq. Na2C03 (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give methyl 4- (pyridin-3-yloxy)benzoate (0.9 g, 77.5% yield). LC-MS: m/z: 230 (M+H)+. Step 2. Methyl 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy) benzoic acid. To a solution of methyl 4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)benzoate in MeOH (10 mL) was added aq. NaOH (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 75°C for 1 hr, diluted with IN HC1(10 ml), and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 4-(pyridin-3 -yloxy) benzoic acid (0.8 g, 93% yield). LC-MS: m/z: 215(M+H)+.
Step 3: tert-Butyl 2-(5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio) ethylcarbamate. To a solution of 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-2(3H)-thione (500 mg, 2.7 mmol), tert-butyl 2-bromoethylcarbamate (670 mg, 3.0 mmol) in 10 mL of DMF was added Cs2C03 (1760 mg, 5.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr, diluted with water (10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl 2-(5- chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio) ethylcarbamate (500 mg, 57% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 328(M+H)+.
Step 4: 2-(5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)ethanamine. A solution of tert-butyl 2-(5- chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio) ethylcarbamate (500 mg, 1.5 mmol) in 5 mL of TFA was stirred at r.t. for 4 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-(5-chloro-lH- benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)ethanamine TFA salt (510 mg, 100% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 228(M+H)+.
Step 5: N-(2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)ethyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzamide .
To a mixture of 2-(5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)ethanamine (50 mg, 0.22 mmol), 4-(pyridin-3- yloxy) benzoic acid (52 mg, 0.24 mmol), EDCI (55 mg, 0.29 mmol), HOBT (39 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was added NMM (0.1 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 hr, diluted with water, and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give N-(2-((5- chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)ethyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)benzamide (20 mg, 22% yield) as white foam solid. LC-MS: m/z: 425(M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.75(s, 1H), 8.83 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.43 (m, 2H), 7.87(m, 2H), 7.54-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.15-7.07 (m, 3H), 3.67-3.2828 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 4H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compound using the appropriate starting materials.
N-(2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)ethyl)-4-cyanobenzamide (Compound 88)
Figure imgf000038_0001
LC-MS: m/z: 357(M-H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ
12.78 (s, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 7.98 - 7.94 (m, 4H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 3.70-3.33(d, J= 5.7 Hz, 4H). EXAMPLE 7. 2-((5-CHLORO-LH-INDOL-2-YL)THIO)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3-YLOXY)PHENYL)ACETAMIDE (COMPOUND 89) AND 2-((5-CHLORO-1H-INDOL-2-YL)THIO)-N-(4-CYANOPHENYL)ACETAMIDE
Figure imgf000039_0001
Step 1. 5-Chloroindoline-2-thione. To a solution of 5-chloroindolin-2-one (336 mg, 2 mmol) in toluene (12 ml) was added Lawesson's Reagent (1.2 g, 3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 105°C for 3 hr. The resulting mixture was cooled and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (40 mL) and extracted with DCM (40 mL). Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give 5-chloroindoline-2-thione (270 mg, 75% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 184(M+H)+.
Step 2. 2-((5-chloro-lH-indol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide. To a solution of 5-chloroindoline-2-thione (184 mg, 1 mmol) in MeCN (12 ml) was added 2-chloro-N-(4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (263 mg, 1 mmol), Et3N(202 mg, 2 mmol) and Nal (15 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 30°C for 6 hr and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give 2-((5-chloro-lH-indol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (50 mg, 13% yield) as a white solid. LC-MS: m/z: 410 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.61 (s, 1H), 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.44 - 8.18 (m, 2H), 7.59 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 - 7.22 (m, 3H), 7.14 - 6.87 (m, 3H), 6.52 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.84 (s, 2H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compounds using the appropriate starting materials.
2-((5-Chloro-lH-indol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-cyanophenyl)acetamide (Compound 90)
Figure imgf000040_0001
. LC-MS: m/z: 342 (M+H)+. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ
11.62 (s, 1H), 10.63 (s, 1H), 7.74 (m, 4H), 7.49 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.52 (d, J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 8. SYNTHESIS OF 1-((5-CHLORO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL)THIO)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3- YLOXY PHENYL)METHANESULFONAMIDE (COMPOUND 91)
Figure imgf000040_0002
Step 1. l-Chloro-N-(4-(pyridin-3-ylox )phenyl)methanesulfonamide. To a stirred solution of 4- (pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline (500 mg, 5.4 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0°C was added TEA (1.5 mL, 10.8 mmol), followed by dropwise addition of a solution of chloromethanesulfonyl chloride (947 mg, 6.4 mmol) in DCM (2 mL). After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 10°C for 0.5 hr then at r.t. overnight. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography to afford the desired product (300 mg, 37% yield). MS: 299(M+H)+.
Step 2. l-( ( 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)methanesulfonamide . To a stirred solution of 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-2-thiol (566 mg, 3.03 mmol) in 5 mL DMF at 0 °C was added NaH (121 mg, 3.03 mmol). The mixture was kept stirring for 0.5 h at r.t. followed by addition of a solution of l-chloro-N-(4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)methanesulfonamide (300 mg, 1.01 mmol) in DMF. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 70 °C for 16 hr. The resulting mixture was poured into the ice-water and extracted with EtOAc.
Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give l-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4- (pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)methanesulfonamide (200 mg, 45% yield). LC-MS: m/z: 447(M+H)+. !HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.39 (dd, J= 4.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, lH), 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.55 - 7.29 (m, 4H), 7.20 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 3H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 1.97 (s, 1H).
EXAMPLE 9. SYNTHESIS OF 3-(6-CHLOROBENZO[D]OXAZOL-2-YL)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3-
Figure imgf000041_0001
Step 1. Ethyl 4-((4-chloro-2-hydrox phenyl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate. To a mixture of 2-amino- 5-chlorophenol (3 g, 21 mmol), pyridine (3.3 g, 42 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added ethyl 4-chloro-4- oxobutanoate (4.1 g, 27 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hr and then diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give ethyl 4-((4- chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (2.2 g, 39% yield) as oil. LC-MS: m/z 272 (M+H)+.
Step 2. Ethyl 3-(6-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)propanoate. A mixture of ethyl 4-((4-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (2 g, 7.3 mmol) and PPTS (3.7 g, 14.6 mmol) in xylene was stirred at 140 °C for 2 hr. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give ethyl 3-(6- chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl) propanoate (0.8 g, 43.3% yield). LC-MS: m/z 254 (M+H)+.
Step 3. 3-(6-Chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)propanoic acid. A mixture of ethyl 3-(6- chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl) propanoate (0.8 g, 3.2 mmol) and NaOH (0.38 g, 9.6 mmol) in 10 ml of MeOH was stirred at 70 °C for 0.5 hr. The resulting mixture was cooled to r t, diluted with water, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3-(6-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)propanoic acid (0.5 g, 67.3% yield) as pale yellow solid which was used directly in the next step without any further purification. LC-MS: m/z 226 (M+H)+.
Step 4. 3-(6-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)propanamide. To a mixture of 3-(6-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)propanoic acid (100 mg, 0.44 mmol), 4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)benzenamine (90 mg, 0.48 mmol), EDCI (102 mg, 0.53 mmol), HOBT (72 mg, 0.53 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added DIPEA (114 mg, 0.88 mmol). The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 hr, then diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column
chromatography to give 3-(6-chlorobenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl)propanamide (30 mg, 18% yield) as a white foamy solid. LC-MS: m/z: 394 (M+H)+. ¾NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.19(s, 1H), 8.32 (m, 2H), 7.90(s, 1H), 7.70-7.61(m, 3H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.03 (m, 2H), 3.34-2.94 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 4H).
EXAMPLE 10. INTERMEDIATES AND GENERAL SYNTHESIS SCHEME FOR COMPOUNDS 23, 56, 57 AND 93- 150.
Preparation of Intermediates A. Intermediates A have the general formula:
Figure imgf000042_0001
wherein Ri is as defined for Formulae I- VIII. To a solution of the R'-substituted 1,2-di-aniline (1 eq.) and DMAP (1.07 eq.) in MeCN (~0.05 M), at r.t, was added portion-wise a solution of Ι,Γ- thiocarbonyldiimidazole (2.5 to 1.5 eq.) in MeCN (-0.2 M) and the mixture was stirred at r.t. overnight. The resulting reaction mixture was either filtered (precipitate formation) or concentrated under vacuum, the obtained solid washed with DCM (5-10 vol) and dried under vacuum to give the target Intermediate A used in the next step without any further purification.
Isolation of the intermediates A was also alternatively achieved via flash chromatography on silica-gel (eluting with Cy EtOAc) or via amine silica-gel (eluting with EtOAc/MeOH) to give the desired intermediate A. This general procedure was used to produce the following intermediates A:
Figure imgf000042_0002
Figure imgf000043_0001
Preparation of additional Intermediates A useful in producing the compounds of the invention, as well as commercially unavailable starting materials used to prepare certain of Intermediates A in the above table are described below.
Preparation of 2-sulfanylidene-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-5-carboxylic acid
A/1137/5/1, Intermediate A13)
Figure imgf000043_0002
A mixture of 3,4-diaminobenzoic acid (0.50 g, 3.29 mmol), potassium xanthogenate (0.53 g, 3.29 mmol) and AcNMe2 (0.6 mL) in DMF (3 mL) was refluxed for 1.5 h then stirred at RT overnight. The mixture was filtered; the solid was washed with ethanol and dried under vacuum to give 0.62 g of Intermediate A13 (A/1137/5/1).
Pre aration of Dianiline for Intermediate A 7
Figure imgf000043_0003
A/1139/21/1
A mixture of 4-(tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzene-l,2-diamine (330 mg), 2-bromopyrimidine (247 mg), K2C03 (585 mg) and PdCl2(PPh3)2 (198 mg) in dioxane (9.0 mL) and water (4.5 mL) was flushed with nitrogen and shaken in a PLS apparatus at 90 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by amine-FC (Snap 25, eluting with DCM MeOH from 100/0 to 98/2) to give 445 mg of A/1139/21/1, which was used as described previously to produce Intermediate A7.
Preparation of Dianiline for Intermediate A8
Figure imgf000044_0001
To a solution of 4-fluorobenzene-l,2-diamine (0.50 g) in dioxane (3 mL) were added potassium carbonate (1.11 g), copper iodide (0.51 g), pyrazole (0.36 g) and methyl[2-
(methylamino)ethyl]amine (0.20 mL). The mixture was shaken at 100° C overnight in a PLS apparatus. DCM and water were added to the mixture, the organic phase was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, water, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum to give 0.45 g of the crude product A/1139/29/1, which was used as described previously to produce Intermediate A8 S nthesis of Dianiline for Intermediate A9
Figure imgf000044_0002
Step 1: To a stirred solution of oxazole (0.50 g) in anhydrous THF (15 mL), at -78 °C and under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.6M THF of n-BuLi (5 mL) was added drop-wise over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 0.5 h then a freshly prepared solution 1.13M/THF ZnBr2 (7.7 mL) was added drop-wise over 5 min and the mixture was allowed to reach RT. I2 (2.02 g) was added in one portion and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for lh. Concentrated sodium bisulphite solution was added up till the violet colour disappeared, the mixture was extracted with EA, the organic phase was washed with water, dried under sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum (max water bath temperature 30 °C) to give (496 mg) the crude 2-iodo-oxazole A/1189/9/1 as light yellow oil that was used as such in Step 2.
Step 2: A mixture of 4-(tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzene-l,2-diamine (284 mg), All 189/9/1 (260 mg), K2C03 (502 mg) and PdCl2(PPh3)2 (170 mg) in dioxane (8 mL) and water (4 mL) was flushed with nitrogen and shaken in a PLS apparatus at 90 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between DCM and water, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by aminic FC (Snap 25, eluting with DCM/MeOH from 100/0 to 98/2) to give 151 mg of the product A/1189/15/1, which was used as described previously to produce Intermediate A9.
Synthesis of 5-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2-thione (Intermediate Λ14)
Figure imgf000045_0001
Step 1. 5-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2-thione (CAS 37052-78-1) was combined with pyridine hydrochloride into a dried sealed tube, placed under N2, and stirred at 180 °C overnight. The resulting residue was dissolved in MeOH and purified by Si-column (NH) eluting with AcOEt to AcOEt/MeOH 9:1 to obtain 2.15 g of desired product 5-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2- thione (A/1482/41/1) with presence of pyridine. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Step 2. A solution of 5-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2-thione (A/1482/41/1), tert- butyldimethylsilyl chloride, and imidazole in DMF was stirred at RT overnight. AcOEt was added and the organic phase washed with brine. The organic phase was dried and evaporated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by Si-column (NH) eluting with DCM to afford desired product 5-[(tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzodiazole-2-thione.
Figure imgf000045_0002
Step 2
Figure imgf000045_0003
Step 1. 4-dinitrophenol (CAS 577-71-9) was dissolved in acetonitrile, potassium carbonate was added and the mixture cooled to 0 °C. Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride was added dropwise, and the mixture stirred at r.t. for lh. UPLC analysis showed only traces of product, so the mixture was stirred at reflux overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue dissolved in DCM and washed with brine. The organic phase separated, dried and evaporated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by Si-column to afford 1.3 g of desired product named A/1482/57/1 (Y= 94%).
Step 2. A/1482/57/1 was dissolved in AcOEt, Pd/C 10% was added and the mixture stirred at rt under hydrogen atmosphere (1 atm) overnight. The catalyst was filtered on Celite and the solvent evaporated in vacuo to obtain desired product named A/1482/65/1 (600 mg, Y=quant.)
Step 3. To a solution of A/1482/65/1 and DMAP in MeCN (35 mL), at RT, was added a solution of l-(lH-imidazole-l-carbothioyl)-lH-imidazole (CAS 6160-65-2) in MeCN (20 mL) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4h. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo, and purified by Si-column eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 95:5 to obtain 590 mg of Intermediate A15 (Y= 83%).
Synthesis of Intermediate A16
Figure imgf000046_0001
To a solution of 2-amino-4-bromophenol (CAS 40925-68-6) and DMAP in ACN (25 mL), at RT, was added l-(lH-imidazole-l-carbothioyl)-lH-imidazole (CAS 6160-65-2) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4h. Then the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The solid obtained was filtered, dissolved in DCM and washed with S. aq. NH4CI. The organic phase was separated and evaporated in vacuo to obtain 320 mg of Intermediate A16 with presence of DMAP.
Preparation of Intermediates B. Intermediates B have the general formula:
Figure imgf000046_0002
, wherein R7, R9 and Ri are as defined for Formulae I- VIII. An appropriately R9 and R16-containing aniline was dissolved in DCM dry (10 vol), TEA (2-3 eq) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 °C. An R7-containing chloroacetyl chloride derivative (1.1 eq) was added drop-wise and the resulting mixture stirred at r.t. for 3h. UPLC analysis showed that reaction was complete so the solvent was evaporated in vacuo, cold water was added and the precipitate collected by filtration obtaining the desired intermediates B reported in the table below:
Figure imgf000047_0001
General Experimental Procedure Combining Intermediates A and B to Produce Compounds of the Invention. Intermediate A (1.2 eq.) and KOH (1.2 eq.) were dissolved in MeOH, then Intermediate B (1 eq.) was added portion- wise to the solution and the resulting reaction mixture was shaken (6 h to overnight) in a PLS apparatus at RT. When a precipitate formed, the mixture was filtered, the solid was washed with water and dried under vacuum (45°C, overnight) to give the final product. When a precipitate did not form, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the crude material was taken up with DCM, the mixture was filtered, the solid was washed with DCM, water and dried under vacuum (at 45°C, overnight) to give the final product. Table 3, below, indicates the starting materials and any additional steps and/or modifications of the above protocol employed for specific compounds of the invention. Commercially available starting materials are indicated by their CAS number. The synthesis of compounds whose starting materials are indicated as "See specific chemical route" are set forth in the Examples following Table 3.
Figure imgf000047_0002
Figure imgf000048_0001
Table 3. Synthesis of Exemplary Compounds
Amount
Cmpd Starting
Additional Steps and/or Modifications MW and No. Material(s)
yield
The solid was triturated with Et20/MeOH 8:2 50 mg
103 B2; CAS 29448-81-5 309
(3 ml). 45% y
The solid was further purified Si-column (NH) 92 mg
104 B2; CAS 97963-62-7 374
eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 98:2. 68% y
The solid was further purified Si-column (NH) 113 mg
105 Bl; CAS 86604-73-1 385
eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 98:2 75% y
150 mg,
106 B2; A13 352
100 % y
96 mg
107 B2; A4 The solid was triturated with MeOH. 386
69% y
106 mg
108 B2; A5 The solid was triturated with MeOH. 387
76% y
Starting material (60 mg) was stirred in DCM
(1.5 mL) and MeOH (0.5 mL) was treated
drop-wise with a TMSDM solution (2.0M in
ether) (0.11 mL). After 30 min an additional 28 mg
109 Compound 97 375
amount of TMSDM was added (0.040 mL) 44% y and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for
1.5 h. The mixture was filtered; the solid was
washed with DCM and dried under vacuum
The solid was further purified Si-column (NH) 92 mg
110 Bl; A6 335
eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 95:5 76% y
The solid was further purified Si-column (NH) 44 mg
111 B4; CAS 6325-91-3 367
eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 95:5 25% y
The product of the intermediates was treated
dropwise with a trimethylsilyldiazomethane
solution (2.0M in ether) (0.18 mL). After
stirring overnight monitoring by UPLC
showed complete conversion. Ethyl acetate 45 mg
112 B2; A13 366
was added and the organic phase washed with 44% y water and brine. The organic phase was
separated, dried and evaporated in vacuo. The
solid was further purified Si-column (NH)
eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 95:5.
further purified by aminic FC (Snap 25, 55 mg
113 B2; A7 386
eluting with DCM MeOH from 100/0 to 98/2) 41% y
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
route 21% y
EXAMPLE 11. SYNTHESIS OF N-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)-3-(6-NITRO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-
Figure imgf000052_0002
Step 1. To a stirred solution of 4-nitrobenzene-l,2-diamine (CAS 99-56-9) in dioxane at room temperature, was added succinic anhydride and the reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 6 days. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude product purified by reverse phase CI 8 chromatography eluting with ACN/Water 5:95 to ACN 100% to obtain two batches of the same product 3-(6-nitro-lH-l,3- benzodiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid, A/1482/61/1 (400 mg, Y=13%) and A/1482/61/2 (800 mg, Y=26%).
Step 2. 3-(6-nitro-lH-l,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid (A/1482/61/1) and 4-chloroaniline (CAS 106-47-8) were put in a vial, dissolved in DMF dry and TEA was added. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and coupling reagent (HATU) was added. After stirring at r.t. overnight, UPLC analysis showed formation of intermediate C reported below:
Figure imgf000053_0001
Intermediate C
The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 5h. UPLC analysis showed formation of product. DCM was added, and the organic phase washed with S. NaHC03 and brine. The DCM solution was evaporated in vacuo to provide crude material. The crude material was purified by Si column eluting with AcOEt to
AcOEt/MeOH 9:1, providing 26 mg of impure desired product. The material was purified again by Si- column eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 95:5 but the product contained an unknown impurity. The material was suspended in water, acidified with HCl IN and purified by reversed chromatography eluting with ACN/Water 5:95 to ACN 100% to obtain desired product as a hydrochloride in pure form.
EXAMPLE 12. SYNTHESIS OF -(4-CYANOPHENYL)-3-(6-NITRO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-
Figure imgf000053_0002
Step 1. To a round bottom flask charged with methanol was added 3-(6-nitro-lH-l,3- benzodiazol-2-yl)propanoic acid A/1482/61/2 (see synthetic procedure for A/1482/63/1). This solution was cooled to 0°C, then thionyl chloride (10 eq) was added, and the reaction stirred for 5 hours. Upon completion, the reaction was evaporated in vacuo, dissolved in dichloromethane and washed three times with a saturated NaHC03 solution. The organic phase was separated, dried and evaporated in vacuo to obtain 1 g of crude material that was purified by Si-column eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 95:5 to provide impure desired product, methyl 3-(6-nitro-lH-l,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)propanoate (A/1540/1/1) (680 mg, Y=80%).
Step 2. To a stirred solution of methyl 3-(6-nitro-lH-l,3-benzodiazol-2-yl)propanoate
(A/1540/1/1) in DMF at 0 °C under nitrogen, NaH was added portion-wise. The ice-bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT. After 0.5 h the mixture was cooled to 0 °C, SEMCl was added drop- wise, the ice-bath was removed and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT. UPLC after lh showed complete conversion. EA and saturated ammonium chloride solution were added, the organic phase was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by FC on silica (Snap 100, eluting with Cy to Cy/EA 80/20) to give 675 mg of the desired product as a mixture of region isomers named A/1540/5/1 (yellow oil, Y=65%).
Step 3. A/1540/5/1 was dissolved in THF/Water and LiOH was added. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the solid triturated with diethyl ether to obtain 670 mg of desired mix of products as lithium salt named A/1540/11/1 (Y=quant).
Step 4. A solution of 4-aminobenzonitrile (CAS 873-74-5) in anhydrous DCM (1 mL) was added to a mixture of A/1540/11/1, 4-dimethylaminopyridine in anhydrous DCM (2 mL). EDC was added and the mixture stirred under N2 atmosphere overnight at rt. UPLC analysis showed presence of product and starting material so 1 eq of EDC was added and the mixture stirred at r.t. overnight. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with S. aq. NaHC03. The organic phase was evaporated in vacuo and the crude material purified by Si-column eluting with DCM to DCM/MeOH 95, providing 260 mg of desired product in pure from named A/1540/40/1 (Y=99%).
Step 5. A/1540/40/1 was dissolved in 9: 1 TF A/water. The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. UPLC analysis showed the presence of 20% of starting material, so the mixture was heated to 50 °C and stirred for 5h. UPLC analysis showed that reaction was complete, so the solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude material was purified by reverse phase chromatography, eluting with Water/ACN 95:5 to ACN 100% to obtain 55 mg of desired product, N-(4-cyanophenyl)-3-(6-nitro-lH- benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)propanamide, Compound 148 (Y=29%).
EXAMPLE 13. SYNTHESIS OF N-(4-CYANOPHENYL)-2-((6-NITRO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2- YL)OXY)ACETAMIDE, COMPOUND 149 DMI
Figure imgf000055_0001
Step 1. To a solution of 4-nitro-o-phenylenediamine and DMAP in MeCN (225 mL) at RT, was added a solution of Ι,Γ-carbonyldiimidazole in MeCN (113 mL) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4h. The formation of yellow precipitate was observed. UPLC showed complete conversion. The yellow precipitate was filtered, washed with MeCN and dried under vacuum to give the desired product, 5-nitro- lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (A/1482/79/1) as yellow solid. A second crop named A/1482/79/2 was recovered after filtration of the mother liquor after 16h. Step 2. To a stirred suspension of A/1482/79/1 in POCl3 was added 37% HC1 (15 drops), and the resulting reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for 5 h. UPLC showed complete conversion. The POCl3 was evaporated and to the crude cooled at 0 °C ice and water were added. The pH was adjusted to 7 with NaHC03. The formation of a precipitate was observed. The precipitate was filtered and washed with acetonitrile followed by Et20. The desired product, 2-chloro-5-nitro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole (A/1482/81/1) was recovered as a yellow pale solid.
Step 3. NaH (60%) in mineral oil was added portion-wise to a stirred suspension of 2-chloro-5- nitro-lH-benzo[d] imidazole (A/1482/81/1) in dry DMF at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere The ice-bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT. After 0.5 h the mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and 2-trimethylsilylethyoxymethyl chloride (0.38 mL) was added drop-wise. The ice-bath was removed, and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT. After lh, UPLC showed complete conversion. A saturated ammonium chloride solution and EA were added, the organic phase was separated, washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under vacuum. The crude material was purified by FC on silica (Snap 100, eluting with Cy EA from 100/0 to 80/20) to give the desired product
A/1482/82/1 as yellow oil.
Step 4. To a solution of methyl glycolate in dry THF (8 ml) cooled at 0 °C was added NaH (60%) in mineral oil. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2h. The suspension was cooled at 0 °C and a solution of A/1482/82/1 was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16h. UPLC showed ~70% reaction completion, and another 1.1 eq of NaH was added. After stirring for 16h, UPLC showed formation of side products. The reaction was stopped, and S. NH4C1 and EtOAC were added. The organic phase was separated, dried and evaporated to give a crude product, which was then purified by silica column (CyHex to CyHex: EtOAc= 85:15). The product named A/1482/83/1 was recovered with a 50% of purity grade (by NMR), with the UPLC retention time of the impurity that same as that of the desired product.
Step 5. To a stirred solution oh the A/1482/83/1 cooled to 0 °C in THF, a solution of LiOH in water was added dropwise. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 2h. UPLC showed complete conversion. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was portioned between water and EtOAc, the organic phase was separated and discarded. The water phase was evaporated to give the desired product as the corresponding lithium salt A/1482/84/1.
Step 6. To a stirred solution of A/1482/84/1, 4-aminobenzonitrile and TEA in THF 3: 1, HATU was added at room temperature. After stirring for 5h, UPLC showed complete conversion. The solvent was evaporated and the residue partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHC03 and DCM. The organic phase was separated, dried and the solvent evaporated to give an impure product, which was further purified by Si02 column (DCM to DCM:MeOH). The desired product named A/1540/23/1 was recovered as a white solid.
Step 7. The SEM protected starting material A/1540/23/1 was dissolved in a mixture 9:1 TF A/water at 0 °C. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 5h. UPLC showed formation of the desired product. Excess of TFA was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHCC>3 and DCM (3 times). The organic phases were combined, dried and the solvent evaporated to provide crude material, which was then further purified by silica column (DCM to
DCM MeOH 95:5). 15 mg of product were recovered. NMR showed a 80% of purity grade. A second purification by reverse phase chromatography was performed (water to water /MeOH 40:60) and 7 mg of the desired product, N-(4-cyanophenyl)-2-((6-nitro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)oxy)acetamide, was recovered (Y= 10%).
EXAMPLE 14. SYNTHESIS OF N-(4-CHLOROPHENYL)-2-((6-NIT O-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-
Figure imgf000057_0001
Compound 150
Step 1. To a stirred solution of A/1540/24/2 (for synthetic procedure see A/1482/84/1), 4- chloroaniline and TEA in a mixture THF/DMF 3:1, HATU was added at room temperature. After stirring for 5h, UPLC showed complete conversion. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue partitioned between S. aq. NaHCC"3 and DCM. The organic phase was separated, dried and the solvent evaporated to give crude product which was purified by silica column (DCM to DCM:MeOH 95:5). The desired product named A/1540/29/1 was recovered as a white solid.
Step 2. A/1540/29/1 was dissolved in a mixture 9:1 TF A/water at 0 °C. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 5h. UPLC showed formation of the desired product. Excess TFA was evaporated in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between saturated aqueous NaHC03 and DCM (3 times). Evaporation of the last two organic phases lead to the recovery of the pure desired product, N-(4- chlorophenyl)-2-((6-nitro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)oxy)acetamide, as a yellow solid (15 mg, Y=21%). EXAMPLE 15. PREPARATION OF 3-(5-CHLORO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL)-N- (4-(PYRIDIN-3-
YL0XY)PHENYL) PROPANAMIDE, COMPOUND 152
Figure imgf000058_0001
Step 1. Ethyl 4-oxo-4-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)butanoate. To a solution of 4-(pyridin-
3- yloxy)aniline (1.0 g, 5.37 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (10 mL) at 0 °C were added ethyl 4-chloro-4- oxobutanoate (0.92 mL, 6.44 mmol) and pyridine (0.65 mL, 8.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. till the reaction was complete. The resulting mixture was washed in sequence with diluted HCl and brine. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated to afford the crude product which was used directly without further purification. LC-MS : m/z 315 (M+H)+.
Step 2. 4-Oxo-4-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)butanoic acid. To a solution of ethyl 4-oxo-4-(4- (pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)butanoate in MeOH (10 mL) was added NaOH (0.43 g, 10.75 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water, acidified to pH 2 with 6 N HCl, and filtered. The solid was collected and dried under reduced pressure to afford 4-oxo-4-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)butanoic acid (0.96 g, 62% yield over two steps). LC-MS: m/z 287 (M+H)+.
Step 3. N]-(2- amino-4-chlorophenyl)-Nt-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl)succinamide . To a mixture of
4- chlorobenzene-l,2-diamine (100 mg, 0.7 mmol), 4-oxo-4-(4- (pyridin-3-yloxy)phenylamino)butanoic acid (200 mg, 0.7 mmol), EDCI (134 mg, 0.7 mmol), and HOBT (141 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NMM (0.3 mL, 2.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr, then diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give N1-(2-amino-4-chlorophenyl)-N4-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)succinamide (0.25 g, 88% yield) as yellow foamy solid. LC-MS: m/z 411(M+H)+.
Step 4. 3-(5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl) propanamide. A mixture of N1-(2-amino-4-chlorophenyl)-N4-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl)succinamide (0.25 g, 0.61 mmol) in AcOH (5 mL) was refluxed for 2 hr, then cooled down and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to afford 3-(5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-N-(4- (pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl)propanamide (30 mg, 13% yield) as white solid. LC-MS: m/z 393 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 512.46 (s, 1H), 10.16 (s, 1H), 8.42 - 8.24 (m, 2H), 7.64 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.59 - 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.14 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.13 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (t, J = 13 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 16. PREPARATION OF 2-((5-CHLORO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL)THIO)-N-(2- METHOXY-4- -3 -YL0XY)PHENYL)ACET AMIDE, COMPOUND 161
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0002
Step 1. 3-(3-Methoxy-4-nitrophenoxy)pyridine. To a solution of 4-fluoro-2-methoxy -1- nitrobenzene (1.5 g, 8.77 mmol) and pyridin-3-ol (1.08 g, 11.4 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was added K2CO3 (1.82 g, 13.15 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 140 °C for 1 hr, and cooled to r.t. The resulting mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give 3-(3-methoxy-4-nitrophenoxy)pyridine (1.6 g, 74% yield) as yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z 247(M+H)+.
Step 2. 2-Methoxy-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline. To a solution of 3-(3-methoxy-4- nitrophenoxy)pyridine (0.8 g, 3.25 mmol) in MeOH (8 mL) was added Pd/C power (80 mg, 10%wt). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. under H2 atmosphere overnight. The resulting mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2-methoxy-4-(pyridin-3- yloxy) aniline (0.7 g, 99% yield) as black oil which was used directly in the next step without any further purification.. LC-MS: m/z 217(M+H)+. Step 3. 2-(5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)-N-(2-methoxy-4- (pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl) acetamide. A mixture of 2-methoxy-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline (144.4 mg, 0.67 mmol) and 7-chlorobenzo[d]thiazolo [3,2-a]imidazol-3(2H)-one (100 mg, 0.45 mmol) in dioxane was stirred at 100°C for 1 nr. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to afford 2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(2- methoxy-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl) acetamide (40.0 mg, 20% yield) as light yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z: 441 (M+H)+. Ή ΝΜ . (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.94 (s, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H), 8.50 - 8.26 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 - 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.44 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.18 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compounds using the appropriate starting materials.
2-((5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(2-hydroxy-4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl) acetamide, Compound 162
Figure imgf000060_0001
LC-MS: m/z 427 (M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.93 (brs, 3H), 10.18 (m, 2H), 8.34 (dd, J= 6.2, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.30 (m, 4H), 7.17 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.64 - 6.36 (m, 2H), 4.22 (s, 2H).
2-((5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)pheny I) acetamide, Compound 163
Figure imgf000060_0002
LC-MS: m/z: 425 (M+H)+. ^ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 9.84 (s, 1H), 8.38 (dd, J= 7.8, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 7.54 - 7.42 (m, 5H), 7.17 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H).
2-((5-Chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(2-chloro-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phe
acetamide, Compound 165
Figure imgf000061_0001
LC-MS: m/z: 445 (M+H)+. !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.92 (s, 1H), 10.20 (s, 1H), 8.48 - 8.33 (m, 2H), 7.87 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.58 - 7.38 (m, 4H), 7.27 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J= 8.5, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 17. PREPARATION OF N-(4-CHLORO-2-METHYLPHENYL)-2-((5-CYANO-1H-BENZO[D]
IMIDAZOL-2-YL)THIO)ACETAMIDE, COMPOUND 160
Figure imgf000061_0002
Step 1. 2-Mercapto-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbonitrile. To a suspension of 3,4- dianiinobenzonitrile (1.6 g, 12 mmol) in EtOH (49 mL) and water (7 mL) was added potassium O-ethyl carbonodithioate (2.3 g, 14.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 4 hr followed by addition of charcoal (200 mg). The resulting mixture was refluxed for another 10 min, then cooled down to r.t. and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in water (100 mL) and filtered. The solid was collected and dried under reduced pressure to afford 2-mercapto-lH- benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbonitrile (1.2 g, 57% yield) as brown solid. LC-MS: m/z 176(M+H) +.
Step 2. 2-Chloro-N-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)acetamide. To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methylaniline (284 mg, 2 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added Et3N (404 mg, 4 mmol) and 2-chloroacetyl chloride (271 mg, 2.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr. The resulting mixture was washed with S. aq. NaHC03. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-chloro-N-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)acetamide (380 mg, 87% yield) as a brown solid without further purification. LC-MS: m/z 218(M+H) +.
Step 3. N-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)-2-((5-cyano-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl) thio) acetamide. To a solution of 2-mercapto-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-5-carbonitrile (105 mg, 0.6 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added K2C03 (166 mg, 1.2 mmol) and 2-chloro-N-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)acetamide (131 mg, 0.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 hr, and partitioned between aq. LiCl (10%wt) and DCM. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to give N-(4-chloro-2-methylphenyl)-2-(5-cyano-lH- benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)acetamide (110 mg, 52% yield) as white solid. LC-MS: m/z 357(M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.93 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1Ή), 7.58 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 2.20(s, 3H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compounds using the appropriate starting materials.
2-((5-Cyano-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)acetamide, Compound 167
Figure imgf000062_0001
LC-MS: m/z 377(M+H)+. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.29 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.41(d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H) 4.33 (s, 2H).
2-(( 5-Cyano-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(2-methyl-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl) acetamide (Compound 168)
Figure imgf000062_0002
LC-MS: m/z 416(M+H)+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.12 (s, 1H), 8.33-8.35 (m, 2H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.39 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.88(d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H) 4.26 (s, 2H) 2.19(s, 3H).
2-((5-Cyano-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(2-methoxy-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)ph^
Compound 169
Figure imgf000063_0001
LC-MS: m/z 432(M+H)+. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.28 (s, 1H), 9.85 (s, 1H), 8.32-8.35 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.55-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.39 (s, 2H), 6.86(s, 1H) 6.58(d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H) 4.31 (s, 2H) 3.73(s, 3H).
N-(2-chloro-4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)-2-((5-cyano-lH-benzo[d]imM^
Compound 170
Figure imgf000063_0002
LC-MS: m/z: 436(M+H)+. 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 13.27 (s, 1H), 10.12 (s, 1H), 8.39 (t, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.55(m, 1H), 7.40-7.48(m, 2H), 7.25(d, J= 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.04(d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H).
EXAMPLE 18. PREPARATION OF (S)-3-(6-CHLORO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL)-3-HYDROXY -N-(4- (PYRIDIN-3-YLOXY)PHENYL)PROPANAMIDE, COMPOUND 172
Figure imgf000063_0003
Step 1. (S)-3-(6-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-hydroxypropanoic acid A mixture of (S)-2- hydroxysuccinic acid (4.7 g, 35.07 mmol) and 4-chlorobenzene-l,2-diamine (5.0 g, 35.07 mmol) in 4N HC1 (25 mL) was refluxed overnight. The precipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate was neutralized to pH 5 and filtered again. The solid was collected, dried, and then re-crystallized from EtOH- H20 to afford (S)-3-(6-chloro-lH- benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl) -3-hydroxypropanoic acid (6.6 g, 78 % yield) as yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z 241 (M+H)+.
Step 2. (S)-6-chloro-3-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-lH-benzo[d] pyrrolo[l,2-a]imidazol -1-one. To a mixture of (S)-3-(6-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-hydroxypro -panoic acid (0.2 g, 0.83 mmol), EDCI (0.24 g, 1.25 mmol), and HOBT (0.23 g, 1.66 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added NMM (0.3 mL, 2.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr, then diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated to give crude (S)- 6-chloro-3-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-lH- benzo[d]pyrrolo[l,2-a]imidazol- 1-one as yellow solid which was used directly for the next step without further purification. LC-MS: m/z 223(M+H)+.
Step 3. (S)-3-(6-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-hydroxy-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy^
phenyl)propanamide. The above crude product was dissolved in dioxane (4 mL) followed by addition of 4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)aniline (231 mg, 1.25 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 120°C for 4 hr and cooled to r.t. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to afford (S)-3-(6-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)-3-hydroxy-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy) phenyl)propanamide (10.0 mg, 3% yield over two steps) as grey solid. LC-MS: m/z 409(M+H)+. *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.59 (s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H), 8.42 - 8.28 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (s, 2H), 7.43 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.16 (s, 1H), 5.29 (s, lH), 3.03 (dd, J= 14.8, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (dd, J= 14.8, 8.8 Hz, 1H).
EXAMPLE 19. PREPARATION OF 2-((5-CHLORO-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL)AMINO)-N-(4- (PYRIDIN-3-
Figure imgf000064_0001
Step 1. 2-Bromo-5-chloro-lH-benzo[d] imidazole. To a solution of 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole- 2-thiol (1.84,10mmol) in AcOH (15 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise HBr (aq. 48%wt, 2.5 mL) and bromine(1.3ml,25mmol) over lOmin. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30min and then at r.t. for 3hr. The resulting mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04; and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give to 2-bromo-5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole (600 mg, 26% yield). LC-MS: m/z 231(M+H)+.
Step 2. 2-((5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)amino)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yto acetamide. A mixture pf 2-bromo-5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole (150 mg, 0.66 mmol), 2-amino-N-(4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)acetamide trifluoroacetate salt (224 mg, 0.66 mmol) and Et3N (0.28 mL, 2.0 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL) was stirred in a sealed tube at 150°C under microwave heating for lhr. The resulting mixture was cooled to r.t. and then partitioned between EtOAc and H20. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by pre-HPLC to afford the desired product (80 mg, 30.7% yield) as white solid. LC-MS: m/z 394 (M+H)+. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.19 (s, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J= 6.4, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.18 - 7.03 (m, 5H), 6.88 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 20. PREPARATION OF 2-((5-CHLORO-7-METHOXY-1H-BENZO[D]IMIDAZOL-2-YL) THIO)- N-(4- -3 - YLOXY) PHENYL) ACETAMIDE COMPOUND 164
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000065_0002
Step 1. 2-Amino-5-chloro-3-nitrophenol. To a mixture of 2-amino-3-nitrophenol (1.54 g, 10 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL) at r.t. was added NCS (1.33 g, 10 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 2hr, then cooled down to r.t. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (25 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic phase was separated, washed with brine (5 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give 2-amino-5-chloro-3-nitrophenol (1.62 g, 86% yield) as yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z 189 (M+H)+. Step 2. 4-Chloro-2-methoxy-6-nitroaniline. To a mixture of 2-amino-5- chloro-3-nitrophenol (752 mg, 4.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate (415 mg, 3.0 mmol) in DMF was added Mel (625 mg, 4.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 2hr, then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. Combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography to give 4-chloro-2- methoxy- 6-nitroaniline (450 mg, 46.4% yield). LC-MS: m/z 203(M-H)+.
Step 3. 5-Chloro-3-meihoxybenzene-l,2-diamine. A mixture of 4-chloro-2- methoxy-6-nitroaniline (1.01 g, 5 mmol), Fe (1.68 g, 30 mmol), and NH4CI (2.67g, 50 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) and water (5 mL) was stirred at reflux for 4hr and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography to give 5-chloro-3-methoxybenzene-l,2-diamine (0.80 g, 93% yield) as brown solid. LC-MS: m/z 173 (M+H)+.
Step 4. 5-Chloro-7-methoxy-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-2-thiol. To a suspension of 5-chloro-3- methoxybenzene-l,2-diamine (2.06 g, 12 mmol) in EtOH (49 mL) and water (7 mL) was added potassium O-ethyl carbonodithioate (2.3 g, 14.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 4hr followed by addition of charcoal (200 mg). The resulting mixture was refluxed for another lOmin then cooled to r.t. and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was suspended in water (100 mL). The solid was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure to afford 5-chloro-7-methoxy-lH- benzo[d]imidazole-2-thiol (1.6 g, 62% yield) as brown solid. LC-MS: m/z 215(M+H)+.
Step 5. 2-(5-chloro- 7-methox -lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-ylthio)-N-(4-(pyridin-3-ylox )
phenyl) acetamide. A mixture of 5-chloro-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-2(3H)-thione (428 mg, 2.0 mmol), 2- chloro-N-(4-(pyridin-3-yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (576 mg, 2.2 mmol), and potassium carbonate (415 mg, 3.0 mmol) in DMF was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr, then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc.
Combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04_ and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to afford the desired product (450 mg, 51.1% yield). LC-MS: m/z 441(M+H)+. 'HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.85 (s, 1H), 10.68 (s, 1H), 8.34 (dd, J= 6.6, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.42 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.26 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 3H).
The procedure set forth above was used to produce the following compounds using the appropriate starting materials.
2-((5-Chloro-7-methoxy-lH-benzo[dJimidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4-chlorophenyl) acetamide,
Compound 166.
Figure imgf000067_0001
LC-MS: m/z 382 (M+H)+. ¾ MR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 7.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 4.25 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.17 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 21. PREPARATION OF 2-((5-CHLORO-7-(2-HYDROXYPROPAN-2-YL)-1H-BENZO[D] IMIDAZOL-2- YL)THIO)-N-(4-(PYRIDIN-3-YLOXY
Figure imgf000067_0002
.Step . 5-Chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)benzoic acid. To a solution of 2-amino-5- chlorobenzoic acid (1.71 g, 10 mmol) in dioxane (15 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise TFAA (3 niL). The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 hr, then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04i and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 5-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)benzoic acid (2.1 g, 78% yield) which was used directly in the next step without any further purification. LC-MS: m/z 266(M-H)+.
Step 2. 5-Chloro-3-nitro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)benzoic acid. To a solution of 5-chloro-2- (2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)benzoic acid (1.33 g, 5 mmol) in H2S04 (15 mL) at 0°C was added KN03 (2.02 g, 20 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 hr, then poured into ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 5-chloro-3-nitro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)benzoic acid (1.52 g, 78% yield). LC-MS: m/z 311(M-H)+.
Step 3. 2-Amino-5-chloro-3-nitrobenzoic acid. A mixture of 5-chloro-3-nitro-2-(2,2,2- trifluoroacetamido)benzoic acid (1.28 g, 4 mmol) and aq. NaOH (10%wt, 10 mL) in EtOH was heated to 80°C for 2 hr, then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-amino-5-chloro-3- nitrobenzoic acid (0.81 mg, 94% yield) as pale yellow solid. LC-MS: m/z 215(M-H)+.
Step 4. Methyl 2-amino-5-chloro-3-nitrobenzoate. To a solution of 2-amino-5-chloro-3-nitrobenzoic acid (0.645 g, 3 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) 0°C was added SOCl2 (0.7 g, 6 mmol). The mixture reaction was stirred at 80°C for 12 nr, then cooled to r.t. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give methyl 2-amino-5-chloro-3-nitrobenzoate (420 mg, 61% yield). LC-MS: m/z 231(M+H)+.
Step 5. Methyl 2,3-diamino-5-chlorobenzoate. A mixture of methyl 2-amino-5-chloro-3- nitrobenzoate (230 mg, 1 mmol), Fe (0.33 g, 6 mmol) and NFLCl (0.53 g, 10 mmol) in EtOH (9 mL) and water (3 mL) was stirred at reflux for 4 hr then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give methyl 2,3-diamino-5-chlorobenzoate (176 mg, 87% yield) as brown solid. LC-MS: m/z 201 (M+H)+.
Step 6. Methyl 5-chloro-2-mercapto-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-7-carboxylate. A mixture of methyl 2,3- diamino-5-chlorobenzoate (140 mg, 0.7 mmol), di(lH-imidazol-l-yl)methanethione (151 mg, 0.84 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was stirred at reflux for 4 hr, then cooled to r.t. and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give methyl 5-chloro-2-mercapto-lH- benzo[d]imidazole-7-carboxylate (130 mg, 76% yield) LC-MS: m/z 241(M-H)+.
Step 7. 2-(5-chloro-2-mercapto-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-7-yl)propan-2-ol. To a solution of methyl 5- chloro-2-mercapto-lH-benzo[d]imidazole-7-carboxylate (120 mg, 0.5 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at -10°C was added dropwise CH3MgBr (1.6 mL, 3M in THF). The resulting mixture was stirred at r.t. for 3 hr, then cooled to -10 °C, quenched with water and filtered. The filtrate was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 2-(5-chloro-2-mercapto-lH-benzo [d]imidazol-7-yl)propan-2-ol (102 mg, 72% yield) which was used directly in the next step. LC-MS: m/z 243(M+H)+.
Step 8. 2-((5-chloro-7-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)-lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)thio)-N-(4- (pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)acetamide. A mixture of 2-(5-chloro-2-mercapto-lH-benzo [d]imidazol-7-yl)propan-2-ol (48.6 mg, 0.2 mmol), 2-chloro-N-(4-(pyridin-3- yloxy)phenyl)acetamide (57.6 mg, 0.22 mmol), and potassium carbonate (41.5 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF was stirred at r.t. for 2 hr, then quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC to afford the desired product (43 mg, 46% yield). !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.33 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.44 - 7.03 (m, 6H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 1.55 (s, 6H). LC-MS: m/z 469(M+H)+.
Table 4, below provides a list of compounds that are useful in the compositions and methods of the disclosure.
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
76
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RLILE 26)
Figure imgf000078_0001
77
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
83
Figure imgf000085_0001
84
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0002
Figure imgf000087_0001
EXAMPLE 22. PYOCYANIN INHIBITION ASSAY
Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO at 10 mM and stored at -20 °C until needed. Seven test concentrations from 0.0032 micromolar to 31.6 micromolar are used for each compound. P. aeruginosa, strain PA 14, is inoculated into 5 mL of LB broth in a 15-mL sterile glass culture tube and incubated overnight at 37°C under shaking (~ 240 rpm). The overnight culture is then diluted in LB Broth to give an OD6oo = 0.04 (T0 culture). Colony Forming Units (CFU)/mL of the overnight culture and T0 culture are determined by a series of 1 : 10 serial dilutions in sterile saline. 4x20 μL of each dilution is seeded on LB agar plates and incubated at 35±2 °C for 20 hours. CFU/mL is determined from the dilution that gives 2 to 50 colonies/20 μL.
For concentration response curve (CRC) experiments, internal standard, 2-((5-nitro-lH-indol-2- yl)thio)-N-(4-phenoxyphenyl)acetamide, a compound previously identified as an MvfR inhibitor (see Example 1 of US 2014-0066454 (WO 2012/116010)), and test compounds are serially diluted in DMSO to 200 times each final concentration (0.5% DMSO final), and ^L/well is dispensed in duplicate into 2 mL wells of a 96-well deep well plate. 200 μΕ/well of T0 culture are added to each internal standard/ test compound well. Wells containing only To culture (200 200 μΤΛνεΙΓ are used to determine pyocyanin control level and wells containing only LB broth (blank wells) are also included in the plate.
The plate is sealed and incubated at 37°C under shaking (-700 rpm) using a microtiter shaker for 24 hours. At the end of the incubation period, the plate is centrifuged at 4,000g for 40 minutes at room temperature, 100 μΕ/well of the supernatant is transferred to a 96-microtiter PS flat-bottom plate, and absorbance at 690 nm is determined using SPECTROstar® Nano microplate reader. Pyocyanin concentration (M) is determined using the equation C = Α 9ΰΙ (ε xd), where ε is the Pyocyanin extinction coefficient, at A69o nm ε is 4,310 M^cm"1 and d is the experimentally derived pathlength. The level of pyocyanin in the presence of test compound is expressed as percentage of inhibition with respect to the control. Curve fitting and IC50 determination were carried out using a four-parameter logistic model using GraphPad Prism v.5.
Pyocyanin inhibition data is provided in Table 5. Three stars (***) indicates an IC50 < 0.1 μΜ, two stars (**) indicates 0.1 μΜ < IC50<1.0 μΜ, one star (*) indicates 1.0 μΜ < IC50<10.0 μΜ, no stars beside a compound number indicates that compound has an IC50 > 10 μΜ.
Table 5
Figure imgf000088_0001
Compound Pyocyanin Compound Pyocyanin Compound Pyocyanin Compound Pyocyanin No. Inhibition No. Inhibition No. Inhibition No. Inhibition
ΙΟ50 (μΜ) IC50 (nM) IC5o (μΜ) ICSO CJIM)
100 119 138 157
101 120 139 * 158
102 121 140 ** 159 **
103 122 141 * 160 *
104 ** 123 142 ** 161 ***
105 ** 124 143 * 162 ***
106 125 *** 144 * 163 **
107 126 ** 145 ** 164 ***
108 127 146 165 ***
109 128 147 ** 166 **
110 ** 129 148 * 167 **
111 130 149 * 168 **
112 131 150 * 169 **
113 132 151 170 ***
114 133 152 ** 171 ***
115 134 * 153 172 *
1 16 ** 135 154
1 17 * 136 155
118 137 ** 156
EXAMPLE 23. PQS INHIBITION ASSAY (24 HOUR INCUBATION)
Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO at 10 mM and stored at -20 °C until needed. Seven test concentrations from 0.0032 micromolar to 31.6 micromolar are used for each compound.
P. aeruginosa PA 14 wild-type strain is inoculated into 5 mL LB broth in a 15-mLsteril glass culture tube and incubated overnight at 37°C under shaking (~ 240 rpm). The overnight culture is then diluted in LB Broth to give an OD60o =0.04 (T0 culture). Colony Forming Units (CFU)/mL of the overnight culture and T0 culture are determined by a series of 1 : 10 serial dilutions in sterile saline. 4x20 uL of each dilution is seeded on LB agar plates and incubated at 35±2 °C for 20 hours. CFU/mL is determined from the dilution that gives 2 to 50
Figure imgf000089_0001
For concentration response curve (CRC) experiments, internal standard (2-((5-nitro-lH-indol-2- yl)thio)-N-(4-phenoxyphenyl)acetamide)) and test compounds are serially diluted in DMSO to give 200 times of each final concentration (0.5% DMSO final), and ^L/well is dispensed in duplicate into 2-mL wells of a 96 well deep well plate. 200
Figure imgf000089_0002
of T0 culture is added to each internal standard/ test compound well used to determine PQS control level. Wells containing only LB broth (blank wells) are also included in the plate.
The plate is sealed and incubated at 37°C for 24 hours under shaking (-700 rpm) using a microtiter shaker. At the end of the incubation period, 150 μΤΛνβΙΙ of the deep well plate culture are transferred in a new non-sterile plate, and 150 μίΛνεΙΙ of methanol containing tetra-deuterated PQS (D4- PQS) and 2% acetic acid are added to each well. The plate is sealed, shaken at high speed for 5 minutes and centrifuged at 4,000g for 40 minutes at room temperature. 100 μίΛνεΙΙ of the supernatant is then transferred to glass vials (vials crimp 0.2 mL) and kept at 4°C until LC-MS/MS analysis.
PQSs quantification is carried out by analyzing samples in discrete batches together with spiked standards and blank samples.
Calibration curves are constructed from PQS standards, and respective deuterated PQS is used as an Internal Standards (IS) to calculate the concentration of analytes in the sample and improve the precision of the assay. The back-calculated concentrations of the calibration standards from the calibration curve shall be within ± 20% of the nominal values, the range of the analytical method is determined, and the lower and upper limit of quantification specified.
Liquid chromatography separations are performed using an Agilent HP1100 system (Agilent Technologies) coupled with a CTC PAL Autosampler (CTC Analytics AG). Chromatographic retention is obtained using a monolithic column (Chromolith® RP-18, 50 x 4.6 mm). The solvent system consists of water containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (A) and acetonitrile containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (B). The gradient elution profile is chosen as follows: 0 min: 70% A (1500 μί/πιϊη), 0.3 min: 70% A (1500 uL/min), 1.3 min: 5% A (2500 uL/min), 1.6 min: 5% A (2500 jiL min).
The MS/MS analysis is performed with an API4000 series mass spectrometer (AB Sciex™) operating in Multiple Reaction Monitoring (MRM) mode and equipped with a TIS ion source. The specific ions monitored are PQS (m/z 260 -> m/z 175) and D4-PQS (m/z 264 -> m/z 179).
The computer systems used in this study to acquire and quantify data may be an Analyst™ vl .5.
PQS in the presence of different concentrations of test compound are expressed as percentage of inhibition of the basal level in control samples. Curve fitting and IC50 estimations are carried out using a four parameter logistic model using GraphPad Prism v.5 program.
PQS 24 hour inhibition data is provided in Table 6. Typically compounds that exhibited an IC50 of less than 10 micromolar in the Pyocyanin inhibition assay were tested in the PQS 24 hour inhibition assay. Three stars (***) indicates an IC50 < 1.0 μΜ, two stars (**) indicates 1.0 μΜ < ¾ο<5.0 μΜ, one star (*) indicates 5.0 μΜ < IC50<10.0 μΜ, no stars beside a compound number indicates that compound has an IC50 > 10 μΜ.
Table 6
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000090_0002
Figure imgf000090_0003
Compound PQS (24 hr) Compound PQS (24 hr) Compound PQS (24 hr) No. IC5o (μΜ) No. IC50 (μΜ) No. IC50 (μΜ)
83 *** 110 * 143 *
84 ** 1 11 144
85 1 12 145
86 113 146
87 116 147 **
88 117 148 *
89 * 125 *** 149
90 126 150
91 134 ** 151
92 135 152 **
93 *** 136 153
94 ** 137 ** 154
95 138 155
96 *** 139 156
104 * 140 * 157
105 ** 141 158
106 142 ***
EXAMPLE 24. ASSAY FOR PQS AND HHQ INHIBITION (6 HOUR INCUBATION)
A concentration range with 7 test concentrations is chosen for each test compound. Typically concentration ranges for the PQS and HHQ assays are from 0.03 to 31.6 μΜ. Compounds are prepared in solvent, usually DMSO, at either 200 or 500 times the final test concentration.
P. aeruginosa PA 14 wild-type strain is inoculated into 5 ml LB broth in a 15 ml sterile glass culture tube and incubated overnight at 37°C under shaking (~ 240 rpm). After overnight incubation, the bacterial culture is diluted in fresh LB broth to an OD600nm=0.04, and 5 mL aliquots of the diluted bacterial culture are distributed into 15-mL glass tubes. 10 yL of test compound at 500 times the final test concentration or 25 i of test compound at 200 times the final test concentration or solvent alone is added to each of the bacterial suspension tubes, and the tubes are incubated at 37°C under shaking (300rpm) for 6 hours. At the end of the incubation period, a 0.5 mL aliquot of bacterial suspension is transferred from each 15 mL glass tube, after shaking, to a 2 mL polypropylene vial. 0.5 mL of methanol-containing D4- PQS (deuterated-PQS), D4-HHQ (deuterated-HHQ) and 2% acetic acid are added to each 2 mL vial and each vial is vigorously shaken. The vials are then centrifuged for 5 minutes at 12,000g, and 200
Figure imgf000091_0001
of supernatant from each vial is transferred to a glass vial (vials crimp 0.2mL), and the sealed vials are kept at 4°C until LC-MS/MS analysis is performed. HAQs quantification is carried out analyzing samples in discrete batches together with spiked standards and blank samples. Calibration curves are constructed from HAQs standards, and respective deuterated forms are used as Internal Standards (IS), to calculate the concentration of analytes in the sample and improve the precision of the assay. The back-calculated concentrations of the calibration standards from the calibration curve shall be within ± 20% of the
90
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 2.6) nominal values, the range of the analytical method is determined, and the lower and upper limit of quantification specified.
Liquid chromatography separations are performed using Agilent HP 1100 system (Agilent Technologies) coupled with a CTC PAL Autosampler (CTC Analytics AG). Chromatographic retention is obtained using a monolithic column (Chromolith® RP-18, 50 x 4.6 mm). The solvent system consists of water containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (A) and acetonitrile containing 0.1 % (v/v) formic acid (B). The gradient elution profile is chosen as follows: 0 min: 70% A (1500 μΏΊηΐη), 0.3 min: 70% A (1500 jiL/min), 1.3 min: 5% A (2500 μυπιϊη), 1.6 min: 5% A (2500 μΐνπώι).
The MS/MS analysis is performed with a API4000 series mass spectrometer (AB Sciex™) operating in Multiple Reaction Monitoring (MRM) mode and equipped with a TIS ion source. The specific ions monitored are PQS (m/z 260 -> m/z 175), D4-PQS (m/z 264 -> m/z 179), HHQ (m/z 244 -> m/z 159) and D4-HHQ (m/z 248 -> m/z 163). PQS and HHQ in presence of different test compound concentrations are expressed as percentage of inhibition of the basal level in control samples.
PQS 6 hour inhibition data is provided in Table 7. HHQ 6 hour inhibition data is provided in Table 8. Typically compounds that exhibited an IC50 of less than 1 micromolar in the Pyocyanin inhibition assay were tested in the PQS and HHQ 6 hour inhibition assays. Three stars (***) indicates an IC50 < 1.0 μΜ, two stars (**) indicates 1.0 μΜ < IC50<5.0 μΜ, one star (*) indicates 5.0 μΜ < IC50< 10.0 μΜ, no stars beside a compound number indicates that compound has an IC50 > 10 μΜ.
Table 7
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000092_0002
Figure imgf000092_0003
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000093_0002
Figure imgf000093_0003

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A composition for use in treating a bacterial infection in a subject comprising a compound of Formula VIII:
Figure imgf000094_0001
(VIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein:
each of R20 and R21 is independently selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo,
cyano, -OCHF2, and CF3, wherein at least one of R2o or R2i is other than hydrogen;
R22 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and
CHF2
Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
Z is selected from CH2, NH and S;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and CHF2
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl;
each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl;
R9b, if present, is selected from bromo, chloro and fluoro, wherein:
when R24 is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl, Z is S and Yi is NH, then each of R2o and R21 is other than hydrogen or cyano.
2. The composition of claim 1 , wherein in the compound of Formula VIII:
R% is absent or chloro;
R2o is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF2, CF3; R2i is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano;
R22 is selected from hydrogen and -OCH3;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, hydroxy, methyl, -OCH3;
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy; and
each R2 is hydrogen.
3. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula VIII:
Figure imgf000095_0001
(VIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
each of R2o and R2i is independently selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo,
cyano, -OCHF2, and CF3, wherein at least one of R2o or R2i is other than hydrogen;
R22 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and
CHF2
Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
Z is selected from C¾, NH and S;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and CHF2
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl;
each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, Q-C4 alkyl, and C C4 haloalkyl; and
Rcib, if present, is selected from bromo, chloro and fluoro, wherein:
when R24 is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl, each R25 is hydrogen, Z is S and Yi is NH, then each of R2o and R21 is other than hydrogen or cyano; and
Figure imgf000096_0001
4. The composition of claim 3, wherein in Formula Vffl:
R9b is absent or chloro;
R20 is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF2, CF3;
R21 is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano;
R22 is selected from hydrogen and -OCH3;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, hydroxy, methyl, -OCH3;
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, pyridin-3 -yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3 -yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3 -yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3 -yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2 -yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy; and
each R25 is hydrogen.
5. A compound of Formula VIII :
Figure imgf000096_0002
(VIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
each of R2o and R21 is independently selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCHF2, and CF3, wherein at least one of R2o or R2i is other than hydrogen;
R22 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and
CHF2 Yi is selected from NH, O and S;
Z is selected from S, CH2, and NH;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, fluoro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, hydroxy, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, CF3, and CHF2
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, and optionally substituted pyridazinyl;
each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 haloalkyl; and
R%, if present, is selected from bromo, chloro and fluoro, wherein:
when R24 is optionally substituted pyridinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrimidinyloxy, optionally substituted pyrazinyloxy, or optionally substituted pyridazinyl, Z is S, and Yi is NH, then each of R2o and R21 is other than hydrogen or cyano;
when R24 is chloro, fluoro, bromo, or -OCH3, R22 is hydrogen, and Z is S, neither of R20 or R2i is chloro, fluoro, or bromo; and
Figure imgf000097_0001
6. The compound of claim 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein in Formula VIII Z is S.
7. The compound of claim 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein in Formula VIII Z is NH or CH2.
8. The compound of claim 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein in Formula VIII:
R% is absent or chloro;
R-20 is selected from hydrogen, bromo, fluoro, chloro, cyano, OCHF2, CF3;
R2i is selected from hydrogen, bromo, chloro, fluoro, and cyano;
R22 is selected from hydrogen and -OCH3;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, chloro, hydroxy, methyl, -OCH3;
R24 is selected from chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, -OCH3, pyridin-3-yloxy, 4-methylpyridin-3- yloxy, 5-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-methylpyridin-3-yloxy, 6-chloropyridin-3-yloxy, pyridin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-4-yloxy, pyrazin-2-yloxy, and pyrimidin-2-yloxy; and
each R25 is hydrogen.
9. The composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein the bacterial infection to be treated is a Gram- negative bacterial infection.
10. The composition of claim 9, wherein the Gram negative bacterial infection is selected from an infection caused by Burkholderia sp., Acinetobacter sp., Klebsiella sp. and Pseudomonas sp.
11. The composition of claim 10, wherein the Gram negative bacterial infection is an infection caused by Pseudomonas sp.
12. The composition of claim 11, wherein the Gram negative bacterial infection is an infection caused by Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
13. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000098_0001
wherein:
Rj is one substituent chosen from (i), (ii), and (iii) (i) halogen, hydroxyl, azido, amino, -CONH2, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(ii) CrQalkenyl, C2-C8alkynyl, -(CH2)2.4C(0)R„, -(CH2)1.4C(S)R11, -(CH2)1-4NR„R12,
-(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)o.4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)N RnR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)o-4C(0)SRn, -(CH2)1-4SR„, -(CH2)0.4S(O)R„, -(CH2)1-4S(0)2R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)NR12Ri3, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NRn, -N(R„)C(S)R12,-C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH^N C-Csalkyl C^iC Cgalkyl), -(CH2)0.4C(O)NR„Ri2,
-(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -0(CH2)o-4(carbocycle),S(0)m(CH2)o.4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle),
where; b is independently chosen from 1 and 2; and m is independently chosen from 0, 1 , and 2;
Rii, Ri2, and R13 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and Ci-Cgaliphatic groups; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, d-C6alkylester, C C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
(iii) Ci-Cgalkyl or Q-Cgalkoxy, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C!-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, C C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R2 is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (iv) and (v):
(iv) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, -CONH2, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(v) C Cgalkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C Cgalkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, - (CH2)0-4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)o-4OC(0)NRuR12, -(ΟΗ2)0-4Ν(¾ C(O)OR12, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4N(Ru)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0 .4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R11)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0.4S( 0)2ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NR„,
-N(Rn)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4NR„C(0)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)o.4NR„C(0)R12, -NHC(0)(C C6haloalkyl), -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0.4(carboc ycle), -(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4 (heterocycle); where a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2; and each of (v) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C C6alkyl, d-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, CrC6alkylthio, CrC2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Yi is NR3, O, or S;
Y2 is N or CR4;
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-Csalkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), C(0)NH, or C^Re');
R5 is hydrogen or R5 is CrC8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, C C2haloalkyl, and Q- haloalkoxy;
R6 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or ¾ is Q-Csalkyl, CpCgalkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-Cgalkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-Cgalkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, C]-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Re' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C4alkyl, or C1-C4 alkoxy;
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
R7 and Rs are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Ci-C8alkyl, Cx-Cgalkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester,
Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Rg is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or C1-C4 alkoxy; or
R7 and Rg covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
Figure imgf000101_0001
Ri6 is hydrogen or Ci-Cealkyl;
X5 is CH or N;
X6 is CH or N;
X7 is CH or N;
X8 is CH or N;
X9 is CH or N;
where not more than .3 of X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
not more than 2 adjacent X5, Χβ, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and -Cehaloalkoxy; and
(vii) C C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C Cgalkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0-4C(O)R11, -(CH2)0.4C(S)Rn, -(CH2y4NRnRi2, -(CH2)0.4C(O)OR„, - (CH2)o.40C(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SRl -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R1I, -(CH2)o.40C(0)NRnR12, -(CH2)0.4N(R1 !)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R11)C(O)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0 -4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)o-4N(R11)NR12R13, -(CH2V4S(0)bNR„R12, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S( 0)2ONRlh -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NRu,
-N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SRn, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)Rn, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0.4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)o.4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle);
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and
any two R9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vii).
14. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (Π)
Figure imgf000102_0001
(Π)
wherein:
Xi is N or CH;
X2 is N or CH;
X3 is N or CH;
X4 is or CH;
where at least 1 of X1} X2, X3, and X4 is N; and
not more than 2 adjacent Xi, X2, X3, and X4 are N;
Ri is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii):
(i) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Q-Cehaloalkyl, and Q-Cehaloalkoxy; and
(ii) Ci-C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0-4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)Rn, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)ORn,
-(CH2)o.4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)o.4OC(0)NR„R12,
Figure imgf000102_0002
-(CH2)o.4N(Rii)C(0) Ri2Ri3, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)OC(O)R12,
-(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)o.4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4 N(R„)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2ONR„, -(CH2)o-4OS(0)2NR„,
-N(Rn)C(S)R12, -C(S)NRn, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0.4C(O)NRnR12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle); where a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, and m is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2;
Rii, Ri2, and R13 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and Ci-Cgaliphatic group; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Cj-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C C2haloalkoxy;
Figure imgf000103_0001
Y2 is N or CR4
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-Cgalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
CrC2haloalkoxy;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Q-Cgalkyl, Ci-Cgalkoxy, C2-Cgalkanoyl, Ci-Cgalkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cgalkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C 1 -C2haloalkoxy ;
Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), C(0)NH, or ( (¾)(¾');
R5 is hydrogen or Ci-Cgalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Re is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Q^haloalkoxy, or Rg is Ci-Cgalkyl, CrCgalkoxy, C2-Cgalkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-Cgalkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cgalkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Cj-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Re' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q^alkyl, or C1-C4 alkoxy; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
R7 and R8 are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q^haloalkyl, or Q^haloalkoxy, or R7 is Q-Cgalkyl, Ci-Cgalkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or di-CrC8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester,
Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Rg is hydrogen, halogen, C]-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy; or
R7 and R8 covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
w
Figure imgf000104_0001
herein when Z is NR5, and n is 1, Q is ;
Ri6 is hydrogen or Q-Cealkyl;
X5 is CH or N;
X6 is CH or N;
X7 is CH or N;
Figure imgf000104_0002
X9 is CH or N;
where not more the 3 of X5, X$, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
not more than 2 adjacent X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and -Cehaloalkoxy; and
(vii) C C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)o-4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)o.4C(0)ORn, - (CH2)o-4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)o-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(Ri !)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o-4N(R11)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R11)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)o-4C(0)SR„, -(CH2)0 .4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)NR12Ri3, -(CH2)o-4S(0)bNR„Ri2, -(CH2)0-4NRuS(O)bR12, -(CH2)0- S(O )2ONR„, -(CH^OSCC JNRH,
-N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4N(R11)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0-4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0. (carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle); and
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and
any two R9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
15. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (Π)
Figure imgf000105_0001
(Π)
wherein:
Xi is N or CH;
X2 is N or CH;
X3 is N or CH;
X4 is N or CH;
not more than 2 adjacent Xi, X2, X3, and X4 are N;
Yi is NH, NR3, O, or S;
Y2 is N or CR4;
Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), C(0)NH, or C(R6)(R6');
when Y2 is N; either Yi is NR3 or S or Z is O, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), or C(R6)( 6');
Ri is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii),
(i) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Cj-Cehaloalkyl, and Q-Cehaloalkoxy; and
(ii) C C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)Rn, -(CH2)0-4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)o-4C(0)OR„, - (CH2)o-4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12, -(ΟΗ2)0.4Ν(¾ C(O)OR12, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(O)NR12R13, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)OC(0)R12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0 -4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S( 0)2ONR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2NR„,
-N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o-4N(Rn)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2ORn, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)Rn, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)(R12), -(CH2)0-4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0- (heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o.4(heterocycle)
where a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, and m is
independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2;
Rii, Ri2, and Ri3 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and Ci-C8aliphatic groups; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, C C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R3 is Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and
di-C1-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-C]-C8alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C]-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R5 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Rs is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or Re is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-Cgalkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, CrC6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C i -Cahaloalkoxy;
Re' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy;
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
R7 and Rg are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-CrC8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester,
C]-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Rg is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy; or
R7 and R8 are covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to
-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
Figure imgf000107_0001
0
O wherein when Z is NR5, and n is 1, Q is Ris or ^16
Ri6 is hydrogen or Ci-Cealkyl;
X5 is CH or ;
X6 is CH or N;
X7 is CH or N;
X8 is CH or N;
X9 is CH or N;
where not more the 3 of X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
not more than 2 adjacent X5, Χβ, Χγ, X8, and X9 are N; and
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; (vii) -OR„, -(CH2)o.4C(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR1IR12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)R ib -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o SC(S)Rn, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(C H2)o-4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)o-4C(0)SRn,
-(CH2)0-4S(O)aR„, -(CH2)o.4NR„NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4NR„S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2 ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NRu, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NRn, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R is, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)o-4C(0) R„R12, -(C H2)o_4(carbocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(carbocycle),
-S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0- (heterocycle),
and -S(0)m(CH2)o.4(heterocycle); and
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Q-Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and
any two R9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5- to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
16. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000108_0001
(II)
wherein:
Figure imgf000108_0002
X2 is N or CH;
X3 is N or CH;
X4 is N or CH;
not more than 2 adjacent Xi, X2, X3, and X4 are N;
Ri is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii):
(i) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Q-Cehaloalkyl, and Ci-Cehaloalkoxy; and
(ii) C C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C Cgalkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0-4C(O)Rn, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, - (CH2)0-4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0.4N(R1 i)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0
.4S(0)aR„, -(CH2y4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)o.4N(Rn)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S( 0)2ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2 R11,
-N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)o-4S(0)2OR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)(R12), -(CH2)0.4C(O)NRuR12, -(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle);
where a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, where m is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2;
Rii, Ri2, and Ri3 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and Ci-C8aliphatic groupS; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio,Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Yi is NR3, O, or S;
Y2 is N or CR4;
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, CrC6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
CrC2haloalkoxy;
Rt is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-Cgalkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, C C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-C1-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(Rj), C(0)NH, or C(R6)(R6');
R5 is hydrogen orR5 is Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
6 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or g is Ci-C8alkyl,
Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Qalkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, CrC6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Re' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy;
n is 1; and R7 and Rg carry the following definitions:
R7 is halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or CrC2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, C]-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or
di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-Cealkyl, CrCealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-Cgalkylester,
Ci-C6alkylthio, C]-C2haloalkyl, and C]-C2haloalkoxy; and
R¾ is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy; or
n is 2, 3, or 4; and R7 and R8 carry the following definitions:
R7 and R8 are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Ci-C8alkyl,
Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, C C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Q-Cealkylester,
Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C C2haloalkoxy;
R8 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C alkyl, or Cj-C4alkoxy; or
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
an R7 and Rg covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to
6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
wherein when Z is NR5, and n is 1, Q is Ris or ^16 ;
Ri6 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl;
X5 is CH or N;
X6 is CH or N;
X7 is CH or N;
X8 is CH or N;
X9 is CH or ;
where not more the 3 of X5, X , X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
not more than 2 adjacent X5, X6, X7, Xs, and X9 are N; and
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, mercapto, C]-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(vii) d-C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)R11, -(CH2)0.4NR„R12, -(CH2)o.4C(0)OR„, - (CH2)o-4OC(0)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12, -(ΰΗ2)0.4Ν(¾ i)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0 .4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S( 0)2ONRu, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2NR„,
-N(Rn)C(S)RI2, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)o-4S(0)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0-4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle); and
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and
any two R9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
17. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (ΠΙ)
Figure imgf000112_0001
wherein:
Figure imgf000112_0002
X2 is N or CH;
X3 is N or CH;
X4 is N or CH;
not more than 2 adjacent Xj, X2, X3, and X4 are N;
Ri is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii)
(i) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(ii) Ci-Cgalkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)RU, -(CH2)o.4NRnR12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)ORn, - (CH2)0-4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)NRuR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R1 ,)C(0)OR12, -(CH2V4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12) -(CH2)0.4C(O)SRn, -(CH2)0 -4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)NR12Ri3, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)o.4N(Rn)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)0.4S( 0)2ONR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2NR„,
-N(RU)C(S)R12, -C(S)NRH, -C(S)SR„,
Figure imgf000112_0003
-(CH2)0-4S(O)2ORn, -(CH2)o-4OS(0)R11; -(CH2)o-4N(R„)C(0)(R12), -(CH2)0-4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0.4(carbocyCle), -0( CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(O)ra(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(heterocycle);
where a is independently chosen from 0, 1 , and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, and m is
independently chosen frpm 0, 1, and 2; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH; Q-Cealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-CrC6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, C C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Yi is NR3, O, or S;
Y2 is N or CR4;
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-Cgalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, CpCealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Cj-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C 1 -C2haloalkoxy ;
n is 1 ; and Z is S, S(O), S(0)2, or C^XR;)'; or
n is 2, 3, or 4; and Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), C(0)NH, or€(¾)(¾');
R5 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C 1 -C2haloalkoxy ;
R6 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or Re is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C i -C2haloalkoxy ;
Re' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy;
R7 and R8 are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Cj-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-C1-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester,
Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C C2haloalkoxy;
R8 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4alkoxy; or
R7 and R8 covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
X5 is CH or N;
X6 is CH or N; X7 is CH or N;
X8 is CH orN;
X9 is CH orN;
where not more the 3 of X5, X6, X7, Xs, and X9 are N; and
not more than 2 adjacent Xs, Χβ, X7, Xs, and X9 are N; and
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(vii) is Ci-C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0-4C(O)R11, -(CH2)o.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4NRnR12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, - (CH2)0-4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)o-4OC(0) RnR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R1 !)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o-4N(R11)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0.4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0 -4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)NRI2R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNRnR12, -(CH2)0_4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S( 0)2ONR„, -(CH2)o.4OS(0)2NR„,
-N(RU)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SRU, -(CH2)0.4N(R11)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0-4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)o.4(carbocycle), -S(0)m(CH2)o.4(carbocycle),
-(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -0(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle);and
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and
any two R9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
18. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (Π)
Figure imgf000114_0001
wherein:
Xi is N or CH;
X2 is N or CH;
X3 is N or CH; X4 is N or CH;
not more than 2 adjacent Xls X2, X3, and X4 are N;
Ri is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii):
(i) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Q-Cehaloalkoxy; and
(ii) C C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)o.4C(0)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)R„, -(CH2)o.4NRuRi2, -(CH2y4C(0)ORn, - (CH2)o-4OC(0)Rn, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12, -(ΟΗ2)0-4Ν(¾ i)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0 -4S(0)aR„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0.4N(Rn)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S( 0)2ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NR„,
-N(Rn)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)(R12), -(CH2)o-4C(0)NRnRi2, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle),
-(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle);
where a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, and m is
independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Q-Cealkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-C1-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C 1 -C2haloalkoxy ;
Yi is NR3, O, or S;
Y2 is N or CR4;
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C 1 -C2haloalkoxy ;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-Cealkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C 1 -C2haloalkoxy ;
Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), C(0)NH, or C^XR;'); R5 is hydrogen or -Qalkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, C C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Re is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or C]-C2haloalkoxy, or Rg is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-Cgalkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, CrC8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Cj-Cealkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-CrC6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, C C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C C2haloalkoxy;
Rg' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, or C1-C4 alkoxy;
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
R7 and R8 are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, -C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Ci-C8alkyl, C]-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Cj-Cgalkylester, (mono- or di-C]-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)Co-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester,
Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R8 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or Q-C4 alkoxy; or
an R7 and R8 covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to
-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
Figure imgf000116_0001
Ri6 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl;
X5 is CH or N;
X6 is CH or N; X7 is CH or N;
X8 is CH or N;
X9 is CH or N;
where not more the 3 of X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
not more than 2 adjacent X5, X6, X7, Xg, and X9 are N; and
at least 1 of X5, X6, X7, Xg, and X9 is N;
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and CrC6haloalkoxy; and
(vii) CrC8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -ORn, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, - (CH2)0-4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)NR„R12, -(ΰΗ2)0-4Ν(¾ i)C(0)ORi2, -(CH2)o.4N(Rn)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)SR„, -(CH2)0 -4S(0)aRn, -(CH2)o.4N(R11)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)0-4S( 0)2ONR„, -(CH2)o_4OS(0)2NR„,
-N(Rn)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SRn, -(CH^N^ C^NRnR^, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)o-4OS(0)Rn, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0-4C(O)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -0( CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle); and
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, CpCealkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C C2haloalkoxy; and
any two R9 bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
19. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (IV)
Figure imgf000118_0001
wherein:
X, is N or CH;
X2 is N or CH;
X3 is N or CH;
X4 is N or CH;
not more than 2 adjacent X1; X2, X3, and X4 are N;
Ri is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii):
(i) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(ii) C C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0.4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4NR„RI2, -(CH2)0.4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)Rn, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12,
-(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)OC(O)R12,
-(CH2)o.4C(0)SRu, -(CH2)0.4S(O)aR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R11)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNRuR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R! i)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NR,
-N(Rn)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2ORn, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0-4C(O)NRnR12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0-4(heterocycle),
-0(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0.4(heterocycle);
where a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, and m is independently chosen from 0, 1 , and 2; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Q-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-C C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Cj-C2haloalkoxy;
Yi is NR3, O, or S;
Y2 is N or CR4;
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C]-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-CrC6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, CrC6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C i -Cahaloalkoxy ;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Ci-C8alkyl, Cj-Cgalkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, CrC6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, C C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Z is O, S, S(O), S(0)2, N(R5), C(0)NH, or C(R6)(R6')
R5 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Q-Cealkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R6 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or Rg is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, C C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-C1-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, C]-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Re' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, or Q-C4 alkoxy;
n is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
R7 and R8 are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester,
Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R8 is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4 alkoxy; or
an R7 and R8 covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to
6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
Figure imgf000120_0001
ϊ ?'
I I
wherein when Z is NR5, and n is 1, Q is Rie or R16 ;
Ri6 is hydrogen or Ci-C6alkyl;
Rg is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(vii) CrC8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -0R„, -(CH2)o.4C(0)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)R„, -(CH2)o.4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)R11, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)NR„R12,
-(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12,
-(CH2)o^C(0)SR„, -(CH2)0-4S(O)aR„, -(CH2)o-4N(Rn)NR12R13, -(CH2)o.4S(0)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2ONRu, -(CH2)0.4OS(O)2NRu, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SRll5 -(CH2)o-4N(R11)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2ORn, -(CH2)0.4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)(R12), -(CH2)o.4C(0)NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(O)m(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(heterocycle),
and -S(0)m(CH2)o.4(heterocycle);
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, CpCealkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, C C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and
Rio is at least 1 substituent chosen from (viii), (ix), and (x):
(viii) hydroxyl, azido, amino, and C]-C2haloalkoxy; and
(ix) C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -(CH2)o.4C(0)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)o.4OC(0)Rn, -(CH2)o-4C(S)SRn, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12,
-(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)OC(O)R12,
-(CH2)o.4C(0)SR„, -(CH2)o.4S(0)bR„, -(CH2)0.4N(R„)NR12Ri3, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNR„R12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)S(O)bR12, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2ONR„, -(CH2)0 OS(O)2NRu, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o.4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(0)NR1 !R12, -(CH2)o.4NR1 0)¾2, -S(O)ra(CH2)0.4(carbocycle), and -S(O)m(CH2)0.4(heterocycle), each of (ix) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl,
CrC6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
(x) Ci-Cgalkyl and C]-C8alkoxy, each of which is substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, -COOH, oxo, cyano, amino, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, C C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy; or
any two Rio bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic ring, which 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
20. A compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of Formula (V)
Figure imgf000121_0001
wherein:
Figure imgf000121_0002
X2 is N or CH;
X3 is N or CH;
X4 is N or CH;
where not more than 2 adjacent Xls X2, X3, and X4 are N;
Ri is 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from (i) and (ii):
(i) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-C6haloalkyl, and Ci-C6haloalkoxy; and
(ii) Ci-C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -ORn, -(CH2)0.4C(O)Rii, -(CH2)0-4C(S)Rii, -(CH2)0-4NRiiRi2, -(CH2)0-4C(O)ORn, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)o.4C(S)SRii, -(CH2)0-4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)NR„R12,
-(CH2V4N(R„)C(0)OR12, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)NRi2Ri3, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)OC(O)R12,
-(CH2)o.4C(0)SRi1, -(CH2)o-4S(0)aR„, -(CH2y4N(R„) R12Ri3, -(CH2)0.4S(O)bNR„Ri2, -(CH2)o-4N(Rn)S(0)bR12, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2ONR„, -(CH2)o-4OS(0)2NRi,,
-N(R„)C(S)RI2, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(ΟΗ2)0-4Ν(¾ι)Ο(8)ΝΚ12¾3, -(CH2)0.4S(O)2OR„, -(CH2)o.40S(0)Ru, -(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)(R12), -(CH2)0.4C(O)NRiiRi2, -(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -0(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle),
-(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), -0(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle);
where a is independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2, b is independently chosen from 1 and 2, and m is
independently chosen from 0, 1, and 2;
Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently chosen at each occurrence from hydrogen and C]-C8aliphatic group; and
each of (ii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, C Cealkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C!-C2haloalkoxy;
Figure imgf000122_0001
Y2 is N or CR4
R3 is hydrogen or Ci-C8alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-C1-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Cj-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
C 1 -C2haloalkoxy;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or R4 is Ci-Cgalkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
R5 is hydrogen or R5 is Ci-C8alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Q-Cealkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy;
Re is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Q-C2haloalkyl, or Ci-C2haloalkoxy, or 5 is Ci-C8alkyl, Ci-C8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, Ci-C8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-CrC8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)C0-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)Co-C2alkyl, Q-Cealkylester, Ci-Cealkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
CrC2haloalkoxy; Re' is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, or C1-C4 alkoxy;
R7 and ¾ are independently chosen at each occurrence;
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, Ci-C2haloalkyl, or CrC2haloalkoxy, or R7 is Ci-C8alkyl, CrC8alkoxy, C2-C8alkanoyl, CrC8alkylester, (mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-C8alkylcarbamate, (carbocycle)Co-C4alkyl, or (heterocycle)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, mercapto, -C(0)NH2, -COOH, -NHC(NH)NH2, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester,
Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Q-C^haloalkoxy;
Rs is hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C4alkyl, or Ci-C4 alkoxy; or
an R7 and Rg covalently bound to the same carbon atom may be taken together to form a 3- to
6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring;
Figure imgf000123_0001
Ri6 is hydrogen or| Ci-C6alkyl;
X5 is CH or N;
X6 is CH or N;
X7 is CH or N;
X8 is CH or N;
X9 is CH or N;
where not more the 3 of X5, X , X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
not more than 2 adjacent X5, X6, X7, X8, and X9 are N; and
R9 is 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii):
(vi) halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, azido, nitro, amino, Ci-Cehaloalkyl, and Ci-Cehaloalkoxy; and
(vii) is Ci-C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl,
C2-C8alkynyl, -OR„, -(CH2)0-4C(O)R„, -(CH2)0.4C(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4NR„R12, -(CH2)0-4C(O)OR„, -(CH2)0-4OC(O)R„, -(CH2)0-4C(S)SR„, -(CH2)0.4SC(S)R„, -(CH2)0.4OC(O)NR„R12,
-(CH2)0-4N(R„)C(O)OR12, -(CH2)o-4N(Ru)C(0)NR12R13, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)OC(0)R12,
-(CH2)o.4C(0)SR„, -(CH2)o.4S(0)aRn, -(CH2)0-4N(R11)NR12R13, -(CH2)0-4S(O)bNR„R12,
-(CH2)o.4NR„S(0)bR12, -(CH2)o-4S(0)2ONR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)2NR„, -N(R„)C(S)R12, -C(S)NR„, -C(S)SR„, -(CH2)o-4N(R„)C(S)NR12R13, -(CH2)o.4S(0)2OR„, -(CH2)0-4OS(O)R„,
-(CH2)o-4N(R„)C(0)(R12), -(CH.io-.CiONRuRn, -(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -O(CH2)0-4(carbocycle), -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(carbocycle), -(CH2)o-4(heterocycle), -0(CH2)o-4(heterocycle),
and -S(0)m(CH2)o-4(heterocycle); and
each of (vii) is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, vinyl, allenyl, oxo, cyano, amino, -COOH, Ci-C6alkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, (mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino)C0-C2alkyl, Ci-C6alkylester, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and
Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and
any two Rg bound to adjacent ring carbon atoms may be joined to form a 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring, which 5 - to 7-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring is optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently chosen from (vi) and (vii).
PCT/US2014/034998 2013-04-23 2014-04-22 Compounds useful as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors Ceased WO2014176258A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/786,345 US9643933B2 (en) 2013-04-23 2014-04-22 Compounds useful as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361815260P 2013-04-23 2013-04-23
US61/815,260 2013-04-23
US201461951340P 2014-03-11 2014-03-11
US61/951,340 2014-03-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014176258A1 true WO2014176258A1 (en) 2014-10-30

Family

ID=50792586

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2014/034998 Ceased WO2014176258A1 (en) 2013-04-23 2014-04-22 Compounds useful as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (1) US9643933B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2014176258A1 (en)

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016007837A1 (en) * 2014-07-11 2016-01-14 Spero Therapeutics, Inc. Carbonyl linked bicyclic heteroaryl antibiotic tolerance inhibitors
WO2016040764A1 (en) * 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Spero Therapeutics, Inc. Carbonyl linked bicyclic heteroaryl n-benzimidazoles and analogs as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors
CN105456261A (en) * 2015-08-27 2016-04-06 南开大学 Novel inhibitor for hepatitis C virus
CN106905348A (en) * 2017-02-13 2017-06-30 牡丹江医学院 A kind of medicine for preventing and treating acute injury of kidney and its production and use
US20170252347A1 (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-07 Mitochon Pharmaceuticals, LLC DNP and DNP Prodrug Treatment of Neuromuscular, Neurodegenerative, Autoimmune, Developmental, Traumatic Brain Injury, Concussion, Dry Eye Disease, Hearing Loss and/or Metabolic Diseases
WO2019023635A1 (en) * 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Stingray Therapeutics, Inc. Substituted-3h-imidazo(4,5-c)pyridine and 1h-pyrrolo(2,3-c)pyridine series of novel ectonucleotide pyrophsphatase/phosphodiestrase-1 (enpp1) and stimulator for interferon genes (sting) modulator as cancer immunotherapeutics
WO2020007938A1 (en) 2018-07-03 2020-01-09 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH PqsR INVERSE AGONISTS
WO2021136803A1 (en) 2020-01-02 2021-07-08 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH NEW PqsR INVERSE AGONISTS
WO2021136805A1 (en) 2020-01-02 2021-07-08 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH NOVEL PqsR INVERSE AGONISTS
JP2021533110A (en) * 2018-08-01 2021-12-02 スティングレイ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Substitution of novel ectonucleotide pyrophosphatase / phosphodiesterase-1 (ENPP1) as a cancer immunotherapeutic agent 3H-imidazole [4,5-c] pyridine and 1H-pyrrolo [2,3-c] pyridine series and interferon gene stimulators ( STING) Regulator
KR102870212B1 (en) * 2024-12-19 2025-10-13 연세대학교 산학협력단 Novel CHI3L1 inhibitors and their uses
US12559508B2 (en) 2023-04-05 2026-02-24 Moma Therapeutics, Inc. Semi-saturated bicyclic derivatives and related uses

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012116010A2 (en) * 2011-02-22 2012-08-30 The General Hospital Corporation Antibiotic tolerance inhibitors

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012116010A2 (en) * 2011-02-22 2012-08-30 The General Hospital Corporation Antibiotic tolerance inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ALBERTO MASSAROTTI ET AL: "Identification of Novel Antitubulin Agents by Using a Virtual Screening Approach Based on a 7-Point Pharmacophore Model of the Tubulin Colchi-Site", CHEMICAL BIOLOGY & DRUG DESIGN, vol. 78, no. 6, 1 December 2011 (2011-12-01), pages 913 - 922, XP055033744, ISSN: 1747-0277, DOI: 10.1111/j.1747-0285.2011.01245.x *
DATABASE REGISTRY [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; 30 January 2003 (2003-01-30), XP002726338, retrieved from STN accession no. 483337-91-3 *
EL-HELBY ABDEL-GHANY A: "Synthesis and anticonvulsant activity of 2-substituted-5-chlorobenzoxazole.", PAKISTAN JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH, vol. 45, no. 4, July 2002 (2002-07-01), pages 219 - 225, XP009178738, ISSN: 0030-9885 *
EL-SHERIEF H A ET AL: "SYNTHESIS OF SOME NEW BENZOXAZOLE, BENZTHIAZOLE AND BENZIMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES WITH BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY", JOURNAL OF THE INDIAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, THE INDIAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, CALCUTTA; IN, vol. 60, no. 1, 1 January 1983 (1983-01-01), pages 58 - 60, XP002041292, ISSN: 0019-4522 *
KALPESH PARIKH ET AL: "Antibacterial and antifungal screening of newly synthesized benzimidazole-clubbed chalcone derivatives", MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY RESEARCH, vol. 22, no. 8, 30 November 2012 (2012-11-30), pages 3688 - 3697, XP055124482, ISSN: 1054-2523, DOI: 10.1007/s00044-012-0369-3 *
LEONARDO SORCI ET AL: "Chemistry & Biology 16 Supplemental Data Targeting NAD Biosynthesis in Bacterial Pathogens: Structure-Based Development of Inhibitors of Nicotinate Mononucleotide Adenylyltransferase NadD SUPPLEMENTAL EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES System Preparation for in silico Database Screening", 28 August 2009 (2009-08-28), XP055124472, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/MiamiMultiMediaURL/1-s2.0-S1074552109002166/1-s2.0-S1074552109002166-mmc1.pdf/272022/FULL/S1074552109002166/46d147a5c661b2b9c9c86966ce8b9c2c/mmc1.pdf> [retrieved on 20140620] *
PATTAN S R ET AL: "Synthesis and biological activity of 7-chloro-(6-fluoro-benzothiazole)-2-amino(substituted) acetanilides", INDIAN DRUGS, INDIAN DRUG MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION, IN, vol. 39, no. 10, 1 October 2002 (2002-10-01), pages 515 - 517, XP009178652, ISSN: 0019-462X *
PERDIH A ET AL: "Discovery of novel benzene 1,3-dicarboxylic acid inhibitors of bacterial MurD and MurE ligases by structure-based virtual screening approach", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, PERGAMON, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 19, no. 10, 15 May 2009 (2009-05-15), pages 2668 - 2673, XP026085940, ISSN: 0960-894X, [retrieved on 20090401], DOI: 10.1016/J.BMCL.2009.03.141 *
SORCI L ET AL: "Targeting NAD Biosynthesis in Bacterial Pathogens: Structure-Based Development of Inhibitors of Nicotinate Mononucleotide Adenylyltransferase NadD", CHEMISTRY AND BIOLOGY, CURRENT BIOLOGY, LONDON, GB, vol. 16, no. 8, 28 August 2009 (2009-08-28), pages 849 - 861, XP026521540, ISSN: 1074-5521, [retrieved on 20090827], DOI: 10.1016/J.CHEMBIOL.2009.07.006 *
YUSUF ÖZKAY ET AL: "Antimicrobial Activity of a New Combination System of Benzimidazole and Various Azoles", ARCHIV DER PHARMAZIE, vol. 344, no. 4, 17 April 2011 (2011-04-17), pages 264 - 271, XP055123079, ISSN: 0365-6233, DOI: 10.1002/ardp.201000172 *

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016007837A1 (en) * 2014-07-11 2016-01-14 Spero Therapeutics, Inc. Carbonyl linked bicyclic heteroaryl antibiotic tolerance inhibitors
WO2016040764A1 (en) * 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Spero Therapeutics, Inc. Carbonyl linked bicyclic heteroaryl n-benzimidazoles and analogs as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors
CN105456261A (en) * 2015-08-27 2016-04-06 南开大学 Novel inhibitor for hepatitis C virus
CN105456261B (en) * 2015-08-27 2019-08-30 南开大学 Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US20170252347A1 (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-07 Mitochon Pharmaceuticals, LLC DNP and DNP Prodrug Treatment of Neuromuscular, Neurodegenerative, Autoimmune, Developmental, Traumatic Brain Injury, Concussion, Dry Eye Disease, Hearing Loss and/or Metabolic Diseases
AU2017229224B2 (en) * 2016-03-07 2022-11-17 Bioventures, Llc DNP and DNP prodrug treatment of neuromuscular, neurodegenerative, autoimmune, developmental, concussion, dry eye disease, and/or metabolic diseases
JP2019510017A (en) * 2016-03-07 2019-04-11 マイトコン ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド DNP and DNP prodrug treatment of neuromuscular, neurodegenerative, autoimmunity, development, traumatic brain injury, shaking, dry eye disease and / or metabolic disease
EP3426233A4 (en) * 2016-03-07 2019-10-16 Mitochon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. DNP-TREATMENT OF DNP PRODRUGS OF NEUROMUSCULAR, NEURODEGENERATIVE, AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES, DEVELOPMENTAL DISEASES, COMMODITY, DRY-LIKE SYNDROME, AND / OR METABOLIC DISEASES
US11406642B2 (en) 2016-03-07 2022-08-09 Mitochon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. DNP and DNP prodrug treatment of neuromuscular, neurodegenerative, autoimmune, developmental, traumatic brain injury, concussion, dry eye disease, hearing loss and/or metabolic diseases
US10548900B2 (en) * 2016-03-07 2020-02-04 Mitochon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. DNP and DNP prodrug treatment of neuromuscular, neurodegenerative, autoimmune, developmental, traumatic brain injury, concussion, dry eye disease, hearing loss and/or metabolic diseases
JP7021098B2 (en) 2016-03-07 2022-02-16 マイトコン ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド DNP and DNP prodrug treatment for neuromuscular, neurodegenerative, autoimmune, developmental, traumatic brain damage, tremor, dry eye disease and / or metabolic disease
CN106905348A (en) * 2017-02-13 2017-06-30 牡丹江医学院 A kind of medicine for preventing and treating acute injury of kidney and its production and use
EP3658138A4 (en) * 2017-07-27 2021-03-31 Stingray Therapeutics, Inc. SERIES OF 3 H-IMIDAZO (4,5-C) SUBSTITUTED PYRIDINE AND 1 H-PYRROLO (2,3-C) PYRIDINE OF A NEW ECTONUCLEOTIDE PYROPHOSPHATASE / PHOSPHODIESTERASE-1 (ENPP1) AND STIMULATOR FOR A MODULATOR OF GENERATOR INTERFERON (STING) AS AN IMMUNOTHERAPEUTIC AGENT AGAINST CANCER
JP2020532578A (en) * 2017-07-27 2020-11-12 スティングレイ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド As a novel ectonucleotide pyrophophosphatase / phosphodiesterase-1 (ENPP1) in the substituted -3H-imidazole [4,5-c] pyridine and 1H-pyrrolo [2,3-c] pyridine series and as a cancer immunotherapeutic agent. Stimulant for interferon gene (STING) modulator
CN111615388A (en) * 2017-07-27 2020-09-01 斯汀格瑞治疗股份有限公司 Substituted-3H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine and 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine series of novel exonucleotide pyrophosphatase/phosphodiesterase-1 (ENPP1) and interference Stimulator of Gene Gene (STING) Modulators as Cancer Immunotherapeutics
CN111615388B (en) * 2017-07-27 2023-11-14 斯汀格瑞治疗股份有限公司 cancer immunotherapy agents
JP7274478B2 (en) 2017-07-27 2023-05-16 スティングレイ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Substituted -3H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine and 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine series novel ectonucleotide pyrophosphatase/phosphodiesterase-1 (ENPP1) and cancer immunotherapeutic agents Stimulants for interferon gene (STING) modulators
WO2019023635A1 (en) * 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Stingray Therapeutics, Inc. Substituted-3h-imidazo(4,5-c)pyridine and 1h-pyrrolo(2,3-c)pyridine series of novel ectonucleotide pyrophsphatase/phosphodiestrase-1 (enpp1) and stimulator for interferon genes (sting) modulator as cancer immunotherapeutics
US10689376B2 (en) 2017-07-27 2020-06-23 Stingray Therapeutics, Inc. Substituted-3H-imidazo [4,5-c] pyridine and 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine series of novel ectonucleotide pyrophosphatase/phosphodiesterase-1 (ENPP1) and stimulator for interferon genes (STING) modulators as cancer immunotherapeutics
WO2020007938A1 (en) 2018-07-03 2020-01-09 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH PqsR INVERSE AGONISTS
US11883387B2 (en) 2018-07-03 2024-01-30 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH PqsR inverse agonists
JP2021533110A (en) * 2018-08-01 2021-12-02 スティングレイ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド Substitution of novel ectonucleotide pyrophosphatase / phosphodiesterase-1 (ENPP1) as a cancer immunotherapeutic agent 3H-imidazole [4,5-c] pyridine and 1H-pyrrolo [2,3-c] pyridine series and interferon gene stimulators ( STING) Regulator
JP7461927B2 (en) 2018-08-01 2024-04-04 スティングレイ・セラピューティクス・インコーポレイテッド A novel series of substituted 3H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridines and 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridines as cancer immunotherapeutic agents and stimulator of interferon genes (STING) modulators
WO2021136805A1 (en) 2020-01-02 2021-07-08 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH NOVEL PqsR INVERSE AGONISTS
WO2021136803A1 (en) 2020-01-02 2021-07-08 Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH NEW PqsR INVERSE AGONISTS
US12528783B2 (en) 2020-01-02 2026-01-20 Helmholtz-Zentrum Fur Infektionsforschung Gmbh PqsR inverse agonists
US12559508B2 (en) 2023-04-05 2026-02-24 Moma Therapeutics, Inc. Semi-saturated bicyclic derivatives and related uses
KR102870212B1 (en) * 2024-12-19 2025-10-13 연세대학교 산학협력단 Novel CHI3L1 inhibitors and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US9643933B2 (en) 2017-05-09
US20160052890A1 (en) 2016-02-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9643933B2 (en) Compounds useful as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors
US12357639B2 (en) Heterocyclic compounds as pad inhibitors
US9399638B2 (en) Substituted pyridine compounds as CRAC modulators
CN102008459A (en) Antibacterial agents
WO2014144747A1 (en) Substituted 6,5-fused bicyclic heteroaryl compounds
WO2016040764A1 (en) Carbonyl linked bicyclic heteroaryl n-benzimidazoles and analogs as antibiotic tolerance inhibitors
JP7330887B2 (en) Antimicrobial peptide macrocycles and their uses
US20160145268A1 (en) Substituted heterocyclic compounds as crac modulators
AU2012293618B2 (en) Antibacterial homopiperidinyl substituted 3,4 dihydro 1H (1,8)naphthyridinones
US20050209223A1 (en) Novel antibacterial compounds: process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP3604281A1 (en) 2(1h)-quinolinone derivative
GB2533136A (en) Compounds
US20210380533A1 (en) 2,3-dihydroisoindole-1-carboxamides useful as ror-gamma modulators
Zidar et al. New N-phenyl-4, 5-dibromopyrrolamides as DNA gyrase B inhibitors
WO2016007837A1 (en) Carbonyl linked bicyclic heteroaryl antibiotic tolerance inhibitors
CN101404989A (en) Antibacterial agent
CN108137574A (en) Hydroxyalkyl Thiadiazole Derivatives
CA3103351A1 (en) Pqsr inverse agonists
TW202045515A (en) Ester compound
CN116925081A (en) A kind of cyclic peptide compound and its application
WO2017189866A1 (en) Polymyxin analogs useful as antibiotic potentiators
WO2009077485A2 (en) 1(2)h-tetrazol-5-yl-phenyl-oxazolidinones as antibacterial agents
US20250302842A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds useful for treatment of cancers
EP4525852A1 (en) Inhibitors of msba as antibiotics, pharmaceutical compositions, and uses thereof
US10738028B2 (en) Spiro three-membered ring, spiro five-membered ring peptide deformylase inhibitor and use thereof in antibacteria and anti-tumor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14726288

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14786345

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14726288

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1